[sky9x] Massstorage (not finished at all!)
[stock] 180bytes flash saved
This commit is contained in:
bsongis
+2
-1
@@ -424,6 +424,7 @@ ifeq ($(PCB), ARM)
|
||||
# V4 ARM, so ...
|
||||
OPT = 2
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DPCBARM -DAUDIO -DHAPTIC -DPXX -DDSM2 -DDSM2_PPM -DROTARY_ENCODERS=1
|
||||
# CPPDEFS += -DMASSSTORAGE -DDEBUG # Both must come together today!
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS += ersky9x ersky9x/libraries ersky9x/libraries/drivers CoOS/kernel CoOS/portable
|
||||
BOARDSRC = board_ersky9x.cpp
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/core_cm3.c ersky9x/board_lowlevel.c ersky9x/crt.c ersky9x/vectors_sam3s.c
|
||||
@@ -432,7 +433,7 @@ ifeq ($(PCB), ARM)
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBInterfaceRequest.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBGetDescriptorRequest.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBSetAddressRequest.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBSetConfigurationRequest.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBConfigurationDescriptor.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/common/core/USBGenericDescriptor.c
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/core/USBDCallbacks_Resumed.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/core/USBDCallbacks_Reset.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/core/USBDCallbacks_Suspended.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/core/USBDCallbacks_Initialized.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/core/USBDDriverCb_IfSettingChanged.c # TODO remove them
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/massstorage/MSDLun.c ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/massstorage/MSDDriverDescriptors.c
|
||||
SRC += ../Atmel/sam3s/sam3s-ek/libraries/libboard_sam3s-ek/source/syscalls.c # TODO move it
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/syscalls.c
|
||||
SRC += ersky9x/libraries/usb/device/massstorage/SBCMethods.c
|
||||
EEPROMSRC = eeprom_arm.cpp
|
||||
PULSESSRC = pulses_arm.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -896,6 +896,7 @@ void eeReadAll()
|
||||
theFile.writeRlc(FILE_GENERAL, FILE_TYP_GENERAL,(uint8_t*)&g_eeGeneral,sizeof(EEGeneral), true);
|
||||
|
||||
modelDefault(0);
|
||||
|
||||
theFile.writeRlc(FILE_MODEL(0), FILE_TYP_MODEL, (uint8_t*)&g_model, sizeof(g_model), true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+16
-1
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
|
||||
* This function is synchronous (i.e. uses polling).
|
||||
* c Character to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void debugPutc(const uint8_t c)
|
||||
void debugPutc(const char c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Uart *pUart = CONSOLE_USART;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,6 +68,21 @@ void debugPuts(const char *format, ...)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dump(unsigned char *data, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
debugPuts("DUMP %d bytes ...\n\r", size);
|
||||
unsigned int i = 0, j=0;
|
||||
while (i*32+j < size) {
|
||||
debugPuts("%.2X ", data[i*32+j]);
|
||||
j++;
|
||||
if (j==32) {
|
||||
i++; j=0;
|
||||
debugPuts("\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
debugPuts("\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Fifo32 debugFifo;
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" void UART0_IRQHandler()
|
||||
|
||||
+32
-4
@@ -35,13 +35,41 @@
|
||||
#define debug_h
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DEBUG)
|
||||
void debugPutc(const uint8_t c);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void debugPutc(const char c);
|
||||
void debugPuts(const char *string, ...);
|
||||
void dump(unsigned char *data, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRACE_DEBUG(...) debugPuts("-D- " __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_DEBUG_WP(...) debugPuts(__VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_INFO(...) debugPuts("-I- " __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_INFO_WP(...) debugPuts(__VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_WARNING(...) debugPuts("-W- " __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_WARNING_WP(...) debugPuts(__VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define TRACE_ERROR(...) debugPuts("-E- " __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#define DUMP(data, size) dump(data, size)
|
||||
|
||||
void debugTask(void* pdata);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define debugPutc(...)
|
||||
#define debugPuts(...)
|
||||
#define debugTask(...)
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRACE_DEBUG(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_DEBUG_WP(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_INFO(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_INFO_WP(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_WARNING(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_WARNING_WP(...) { }
|
||||
#define TRACE_ERROR(...) { }
|
||||
#define DUMP(...) { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
/// !Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Definition of AT91SAM3S4 characteristics and features
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Usage
|
||||
/// -# For ARM core feature, see "AT91SAM3S4 - ARM core features".
|
||||
/// -# For IP features, see "AT91SAM3S4 - IP features".
|
||||
/// -# For misc, see "AT91SAM3S4 - Misc".
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CHIP_H
|
||||
#define CHIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \page "AT91SAM3S4 - ARM core features"
|
||||
/// This page lists several characteristics related to the ARM core
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
//ARM core features
|
||||
|
||||
/// ARM core definition.
|
||||
#define cortexm3
|
||||
|
||||
/// family definition.
|
||||
#define at91sam3s
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \page "AT91SAM3S4 - IP features"
|
||||
/// This page lists several characteristics related to the embedded IP
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
//IP FEATURES
|
||||
|
||||
// EFC GPNVM number
|
||||
#define CHIP_EFC_NUM_GPNVMS 3
|
||||
|
||||
/// Indicates chip has an Enhanced EFC.
|
||||
#define CHIP_FLASH_EEFC
|
||||
|
||||
// DMA channels number
|
||||
#define CHIP_DMA_CHANNEL_NUM 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicate chip's MCI interface.
|
||||
#define MCI2_INTERFACE
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicate chip SSC has DMA interface.
|
||||
#define CHIP_SSC_DMA
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicate chip SPI has DMA interface.
|
||||
#define CHIP_SPI_DMA
|
||||
|
||||
/// Indicates chip has an UDP Full Speed.
|
||||
#define CHIP_USB_UDP
|
||||
|
||||
/// Indicates chip has an internal pull-up.
|
||||
#define CHIP_USB_PULLUP_INTERNAL
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of USB endpoints
|
||||
#define CHIP_USB_NUMENDPOINTS 8
|
||||
|
||||
/// Endpoints max paxcket size
|
||||
#define CHIP_USB_ENDPOINTS_MAXPACKETSIZE(i) \
|
||||
((i == 0) ? 64 : \
|
||||
((i == 1) ? 64 : \
|
||||
((i == 2) ? 64 : \
|
||||
((i == 3) ? 64 : \
|
||||
((i == 4) ? 512 : \
|
||||
((i == 5) ? 512 : \
|
||||
((i == 6) ? 64 : \
|
||||
((i == 7) ? 64 : 0 ))))))))
|
||||
|
||||
/// Endpoints Number of Bank
|
||||
#define CHIP_USB_ENDPOINTS_BANKS(i) \
|
||||
((i == 0) ? 1 : \
|
||||
((i == 1) ? 2 : \
|
||||
((i == 2) ? 2 : \
|
||||
((i == 3) ? 1 : \
|
||||
((i == 4) ? 2 : \
|
||||
((i == 5) ? 2 : \
|
||||
((i == 6) ? 2 : \
|
||||
((i == 7) ? 2 : 0 ))))))))
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \page "AT91SAM3S4 - Misc "
|
||||
/// This page lists misc features
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
//Misc
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef CHIP_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
/*###ICF### Section handled by ICF editor, don't touch! ****/
|
||||
/*-Editor annotation file-*/
|
||||
/* IcfEditorFile="$TOOLKIT_DIR$\config\ide\IcfEditor\a_v1_0.xml" */
|
||||
/*-Vector table start*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_vector_start__ = 0x000400000; /*Add for CMSIS*/
|
||||
/*-Memory Regions-*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__ = 0x20000000;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_end__ = 0x2000BFFF;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_ROM_start__ = 0x00400000;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_ROM_end__ = 0x0043FFFF;
|
||||
/*-Sizes-*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_size_cstack__ = 0x800;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_size_heap__ = 0x200;
|
||||
|
||||
export symbol __ICFEDIT_vector_start__; /*Add for CMSIS*/
|
||||
/**** End of ICF editor section. ###ICF###*/
|
||||
|
||||
define memory mem with size = 4G;
|
||||
define region RAM_region = mem:[from __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__ to __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_end__];
|
||||
define region ROM_region = mem:[from __ICFEDIT_region_ROM_start__ to __ICFEDIT_region_ROM_end__];
|
||||
|
||||
define block CSTACK with alignment = 8, size = __ICFEDIT_size_cstack__ { };
|
||||
define block HEAP with alignment = 8, size = __ICFEDIT_size_heap__ { };
|
||||
|
||||
initialize by copy { readwrite };
|
||||
do not initialize { section .noinit };
|
||||
|
||||
place at address mem:__ICFEDIT_vector_start__ { readonly section .vectors }; /*Add for CMSIS*/
|
||||
place in ROM_region { readonly };
|
||||
place in RAM_region { readwrite,,block CSTACK, block HEAP };
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Linker script for running in internal FLASH on the AT91SAM3S4
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_FORMAT("elf32-littlearm", "elf32-littlearm", "elf32-littlearm")
|
||||
OUTPUT_ARCH(arm)
|
||||
ENTRY(ResetException)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory Spaces Definitions */
|
||||
MEMORY
|
||||
{
|
||||
sram (W!RX) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x0000C000 /* sram, 48K */
|
||||
flash (W!RX) : ORIGIN = 0x00400000, LENGTH = 0x00040000 /* Flash, 256K */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SECTIONS
|
||||
{
|
||||
.fixed :
|
||||
{
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_sfixed = .;
|
||||
KEEP(*(.vectors))
|
||||
*(.text*)
|
||||
*(.rodata*)
|
||||
*(.glue_7)
|
||||
*(.glue_7t)
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_efixed = .; /* End of text section */
|
||||
} >flash
|
||||
|
||||
.relocate : AT (_efixed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_srelocate = .;
|
||||
*(.ramfunc);
|
||||
*(.data);
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_erelocate = .;
|
||||
} >sram
|
||||
|
||||
.bss (NOLOAD) : {
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_szero = .;
|
||||
*(.bss)
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_ezero = .;
|
||||
} >sram
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stack in the end of SRAM */
|
||||
_estack = 0x2000BFFC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end = .;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
/*###ICF### Section handled by ICF editor, don't touch! ****/
|
||||
/*-Editor annotation file-*/
|
||||
/* IcfEditorFile="$TOOLKIT_DIR$\config\ide\IcfEditor\a_v1_0.xml" */
|
||||
/*-Vector table start*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_vector_start__ = 0x20000000;
|
||||
/*-Memory Regions-*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__ = 0x20000000;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_end__ = 0x2000BFFF;
|
||||
/*-Sizes-*/
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_size_cstack__ = 0x900;
|
||||
define symbol __ICFEDIT_size_heap__ = 0x200;
|
||||
/*-Exports-*/
|
||||
export symbol __ICFEDIT_vector_start__;
|
||||
/**** End of ICF editor section. ###ICF###*/
|
||||
|
||||
define memory mem with size = 4G;
|
||||
define region RAM_region = mem:[from __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__ to __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_end__];
|
||||
|
||||
/* define block RamVect with alignment = 8, size = __ICFEDIT_size_vectors__ { }; */
|
||||
define block CSTACK with alignment = 8, size = __ICFEDIT_size_cstack__ { };
|
||||
define block HEAP with alignment = 8, size = __ICFEDIT_size_heap__ { };
|
||||
|
||||
initialize by copy { readwrite };
|
||||
do not initialize { section .noinit };
|
||||
|
||||
place at address mem:__ICFEDIT_vector_start__ { readonly section .vectors };
|
||||
place in RAM_region { readonly, readwrite, block CSTACK, block HEAP };
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Linker script for running in internal SRAM on the AT91SAM3S4
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_FORMAT("elf32-littlearm", "elf32-littlearm", "elf32-littlearm")
|
||||
OUTPUT_ARCH(arm)
|
||||
ENTRY(ResetException)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory Spaces Definitions */
|
||||
MEMORY
|
||||
{
|
||||
sram (W!RX) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x0000C000 /* sram, 48K */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SECTIONS
|
||||
{
|
||||
.fixed :
|
||||
{
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_sfixed = .;
|
||||
KEEP(*(.vectors))
|
||||
*(.text*)
|
||||
*(.ramfunc)
|
||||
*(.rodata*)
|
||||
*(.glue_7)
|
||||
*(.glue_7t)
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_efixed = .; /* End of text section */
|
||||
} > sram
|
||||
|
||||
.relocate : AT (_efixed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_srelocate = .;
|
||||
*(.data)
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_erelocate = .;
|
||||
} >sram
|
||||
|
||||
.bss (NOLOAD) : {
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_szero = .;
|
||||
*(.bss)
|
||||
. = ALIGN(4);
|
||||
_ezero = .;
|
||||
} >sram
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stack in the end of SRAM */
|
||||
_estack = 0x2000BFFC;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
end = .;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \page sam3s_ek_board_desc "SAM3S-EK - Board Description"
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section
|
||||
* A file is dedicated to descibe the AT91SAM3S-EK board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Contents
|
||||
* - The code for booting the board is provided by board_cstartup.S and
|
||||
* board_lowlevel.c.
|
||||
* - For using board PIOs, board characteristics (clock, etc.) and external
|
||||
* components, see board.h.
|
||||
* - For manipulating memories (remapping, SDRAM, etc.), see board_memories.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To get more software details and the full list of parameters related to the
|
||||
* SAM3S-EK board configuration, please have a look at the source file: \n
|
||||
* \ref board.h\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file can be used as a template and modified to fit a custom board, with
|
||||
* specific PIOs usage or memory connections.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \file board.h
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Definition of AT91SAM3S-EK characteristics, AT91SAM3S-dependant PIOs and
|
||||
/// external components interfacing.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Usage
|
||||
/// -# For operating frequency information, see "SAM3S-EK - Operating frequencies".
|
||||
/// -# For using portable PIO definitions, see "SAM3S-EK - PIO definitions".
|
||||
/// -# Several USB definitions are included here (see "SAM3S-EK - USB device").
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOARD_H
|
||||
#define BOARD_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers were introduced in C99 by working group ISO/IEC JTC1/SC22/WG14. */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(at91sam3s4)
|
||||
#include "at91sam3s4/chip.h"
|
||||
#include "at91sam3s4/AT91SAM3S4.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error Board does not support the specified chip.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par
|
||||
/// This page lists several definition related to the board description.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Definitions
|
||||
/// - BOARD_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/// Name of the board.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NAME "AT91SAM3S-EK"
|
||||
/// Board definition.
|
||||
#define at91sam3sek
|
||||
/// Family definition (already defined).
|
||||
#define at91sam3s
|
||||
/// Core definition
|
||||
#define cortexm3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BOARD_REV_A
|
||||
#define BOARD_REV_B
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par sam3s_ek_opfreq "SAM3S-EK - Operating frequencies"
|
||||
/// This page lists several definition related to the board operating frequency
|
||||
/// (when using the initialization done by board_lowlevel.c).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Definitions
|
||||
/// - BOARD_MAINOSC
|
||||
/// - BOARD_MCK
|
||||
|
||||
/// Frequency of the board main oscillator.
|
||||
#define BOARD_MAINOSC 12000000
|
||||
|
||||
/// Master clock frequency (when using board_lowlevel.c).
|
||||
//#define BOARD_MCK 48000000
|
||||
#define BOARD_MCK 64000000
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ADC
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/// Startup time max, return from Idle mode (in µs)
|
||||
#define ADC_STARTUP_TIME_MAX 15
|
||||
/// Track and hold Acquisition Time min (in ns)
|
||||
#define ADC_TRACK_HOLD_TIME_MIN 1200
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// USB attributes configuration descriptor (bus or self powered, remote wakeup)
|
||||
//#define BOARD_USB_BMATTRIBUTES USBConfigurationDescriptor_SELFPOWERED_RWAKEUP
|
||||
#define BOARD_USB_BMATTRIBUTES USBConfigurationDescriptor_SELFPOWERED_NORWAKEUP
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par sam3s_ek_piodef "SAM3S-EK - PIO definitions"
|
||||
/// This pages lists all the pio definitions contained in board.h. The constants
|
||||
/// are named using the following convention: PIN_* for a constant which defines
|
||||
/// a single Pin instance (but may include several PIOs sharing the same
|
||||
/// controller), and PINS_* for a list of Pin instances.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !ADC
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD0
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD1
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD2
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD3
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD4
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD5
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD6
|
||||
/// - PIN_ADC0_AD7
|
||||
/// - PINS_ADC0
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !UART
|
||||
/// - PINS_UART
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !EBI
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_DATA_BUS
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_NCS0
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_NRD
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_NWE
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_ADDR_BUS
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_PSRAM_NBS
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_A1
|
||||
/// - PIN_EBI_LCD_RS
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !LEDs
|
||||
/// - PIN_LED_0
|
||||
/// - PIN_LED_1
|
||||
/// - PIN_LED_2
|
||||
/// - PINS_LEDS
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !MCI
|
||||
/// - PINS_MCI
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Push buttons
|
||||
/// - PIN_PUSHBUTTON_1
|
||||
/// - PIN_PUSHBUTTON_2
|
||||
/// - PINS_PUSHBUTTONS
|
||||
/// - PUSHBUTTON_BP1
|
||||
/// - PUSHBUTTON_BP2
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !PWMC
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWMH0
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWML0
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWMH1
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWML1
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWMH2
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWML2
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWMH3
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWMC_PWML3
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWM_LED0
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWM_LED1
|
||||
/// - PIN_PWM_LED2
|
||||
/// - CHANNEL_PWM_LED0
|
||||
/// - CHANNEL_PWM_LED1
|
||||
/// - CHANNEL_PWM_LED2
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !SPI
|
||||
/// - PIN_SPI_MISO
|
||||
/// - PIN_SPI_MOSI
|
||||
/// - PIN_SPI_SPCK
|
||||
/// - PINS_SPI
|
||||
/// - PIN_SPI_NPCS0_PA11
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ! SSC
|
||||
/// - PIN_SSC_TD
|
||||
/// - PIN_SSC_TK
|
||||
/// - PIN_SSC_TF
|
||||
/// - PINS_SSC_CODEC
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ! PCK0
|
||||
/// - PIN_PCK0
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !TWI
|
||||
/// - PIN_TWI_TWD0
|
||||
/// - PIN_TWI_TWCK0
|
||||
/// - PINS_TWI
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !USART0
|
||||
/// - PIN_USART0_RXD
|
||||
/// - PIN_USART0_TXD
|
||||
/// - PIN_USART0_CTS
|
||||
/// - PIN_USART0_RTS
|
||||
/// - PIN_USART0_SCK
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !USB
|
||||
/// - PIN_USB_PULLUP
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
/// ADC_AD0 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD0 {1 << 21, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD1 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD1 {1 << 30, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD2 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD2 {1 << 3, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD3 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD3 {1 << 4, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD4 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD4 {1 << 15, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD5 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD5 {1 << 16, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD6 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD6 {1 << 17, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// ADC_AD7 pin definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_ADC0_AD7 {1 << 18, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pins ADC
|
||||
#define PINS_ADC PIN_ADC0_AD0, PIN_ADC0_AD1, PIN_ADC0_AD2, PIN_ADC0_AD3, PIN_ADC0_AD4, PIN_ADC0_AD5, PIN_ADC0_AD6, PIN_ADC0_AD7
|
||||
|
||||
/** UART pins (UTXD0 and URXD0) definitions, PA9,10. */
|
||||
#define PINS_UART {0x00000600, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
/// EBI
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_DATA_BUS {0xFF, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NRD {1 << 11, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NWE {1 << 8, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NCS0 {1 << 20, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_PSRAM_ADDR_BUS {0x3f00fff, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_PSRAM_NBS {1 << 7, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_PULLUP}, \
|
||||
{1 << 15, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_A1 {1 << 19, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NCS1 {1 << 15, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP} /* LCD CS pin */
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_LCD_RS {1 << 19, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP} /* LCD RS pin */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_A
|
||||
/** LED #0 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_0 {1 << 20, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** LED #1 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_1 {1 << 21, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** LED #2 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_2 {1 << 22, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_B
|
||||
/** LED #0 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_0 {1 << 19, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** LED #1 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_1 {1 << 20, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** LED #2 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_LED_2 {1 << 20, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** List of all LEDs definitions. */
|
||||
#define PINS_LEDS PIN_LED_0, PIN_LED_1, PIN_LED_2
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// TODO check BSS
|
||||
/// MCI pins definition.
|
||||
#define PINS_MCI {0x1f8, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}, \
|
||||
{1 << 3, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
/// MCI pin Card Detect
|
||||
#define PIN_MCI_CD \
|
||||
{AT91C_PIO_PA25, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Push button #0 definition. Attributes = pull-up + debounce + interrupt on rising edge. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PUSHBUTTON_1 {1 << 3, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP | PIO_DEBOUNCE}
|
||||
/** Push button #1 definition. Attributes = pull-up + debounce + interrupt on falling edge. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PUSHBUTTON_2 {1 << 12, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP | PIO_DEBOUNCE}
|
||||
/** List of all push button definitions. */
|
||||
#define PINS_PUSHBUTTONS PIN_PUSHBUTTON_1, PIN_PUSHBUTTON_2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Push button #1 index. */
|
||||
#define PUSHBUTTON_BP1 0
|
||||
/** Push button #2 index. */
|
||||
#define PUSHBUTTON_BP2 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// Simulated joystick LEFT index.
|
||||
#define JOYSTICK_LEFT 0
|
||||
/// Simulated joystick RIGHT index.
|
||||
#define JOYSTICK_RIGHT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** PWMC PWM0 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWMH0 {1 << 18, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWML0 {1 << 19, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** PWMC PWM1 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWMH1 {1 << 19, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWML1 {1 << 20, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** PWMC PWM2 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWMH2 {1 << 20, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWML2 {1 << 16, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_C, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** PWMC PWM3 pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWMH3 {1 << 21, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_PWMC_PWML3 {1 << 15, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_C, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** PWM pin definition for LED0 */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWM_LED0 PIN_PWMC_PWMH0, PIN_PWMC_PWML0
|
||||
/** PWM pin definition for LED1 */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWM_LED1 PIN_PWMC_PWMH2, PIN_PWMC_PWML2
|
||||
/** PWM pin definition for LED2 */
|
||||
#define PIN_PWM_LED2 PIN_PWMC_PWMH3, PIN_PWMC_PWML3
|
||||
/** PWM channel for LED0 */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_PWM_LED0 0
|
||||
/** PWM channel for LED1 */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_PWM_LED1 2
|
||||
/** PWM channel for LED2 */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_PWM_LED2 3
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI MISO pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_SPI_MISO {1 << 12, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** SPI MOSI pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_SPI_MOSI {1 << 13, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** SPI SPCK pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_SPI_SPCK {1 << 14, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** SPI chip select pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_SPI_NPCS0_PA11 {1 << 11, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** List of SPI pin definitions (MISO, MOSI & SPCK). */
|
||||
#define PINS_SPI PIN_SPI_MISO, PIN_SPI_MOSI, PIN_SPI_SPCK
|
||||
|
||||
/// SSC pins definition.
|
||||
#define PIN_SSC_TD {0x1 << 26, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_SSC_TK {0x1 << 28, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_SSC_TF {0x1 << 30, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PINS_SSC_CODEC PIN_SSC_TD, PIN_SSC_TK, PIN_SSC_TF
|
||||
|
||||
/// PCK0
|
||||
#define PIN_PCK0 {0x1 << 21, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
/// TWI pins definition.
|
||||
#define TWI_V3XX
|
||||
#define PIN_TWI_TWD0 {0x1 << 9, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_TWI_TWCK0 {0x1 << 10, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PINS_TWI0 PIN_TWI_TWD0, PIN_TWI_TWCK0
|
||||
#define PIN_TWI_TWD1 {0x1 << 24, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_TWI_TWCK1 {0x1 << 25, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PINS_TWI1 PIN_TWI_TWD1, PIN_TWI_TWCK1
|
||||
|
||||
/// USART0
|
||||
#define PIN_USART0_RXD {0x1 << 19, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART0_TXD {0x1 << 18, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART0_CTS {0x1 << 8, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART0_RTS {0x1 << 7, PIOB, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART0_SCK {0x1 << 17, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
/// USART1
|
||||
#define PIN_USART1_RXD {0x1 << 21, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART1_TXD {0x1 << 22, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART1_CTS {0x1 << 25, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART1_RTS {0x1 << 24, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#define PIN_USART1_EN {0x1 << 23, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// USB VBus monitoring pin definition.
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_A
|
||||
#define PIN_USB_VBUS {1 << 23, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_B
|
||||
#define PIN_USB_VBUS {1 << 21, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par sam3s_ek_extcomp "SAM3S-EK - External components"
|
||||
/// This page lists the definitions related to external on-board components
|
||||
/// located in the board.h file for the AT91SAM3S-EK.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !AT45 Dataflash Card
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_ID
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_SPI
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_NPCS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_A_NPCS_PIN
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !AT45 Dataflash (serial onboard DataFlash)
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_ID
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_SPI
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_NPCS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT45_B_NPCS_PIN
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !AT26 Serial Flash
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_ID
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_SPI
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_NPCS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_AT26_A_NPCS_PIN
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !SD Card
|
||||
/// - MCI2_INTERFACE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_SD_MCI_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_SD_MCI_ID
|
||||
/// - BOARD_SD_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_SD_SLOT
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !PSRAM
|
||||
/// - BOARD_PSRAM_PINS
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !LCD
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_ILI9325
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_BACKLIGHT_PIN
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_RS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_WIDTH
|
||||
/// - BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !TouchScreen
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_ADS7843
|
||||
/// - PIN_TCS_IRQ
|
||||
/// - PIN_TCS_BUSY
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_SPI_ID
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_SPI_PINS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_NPCS
|
||||
/// - BOARD_TSC_NPCS_PIN
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Base address of SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_BASE SPI0
|
||||
///// Identifier of SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_ID ID_SPI0
|
||||
///// Pins of the SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_SPI_PINS PINS_SPI0
|
||||
///// Dataflahs SPI number.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_SPI 0
|
||||
///// Chip select connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_NPCS 3
|
||||
///// Chip select pin connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_A_NPCS_PIN PIN_SPI0_NPCS3
|
||||
|
||||
/// Base address of SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_BASE SPI1
|
||||
///// Identifier of SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_ID ID_SPI1
|
||||
///// Pins of the SPI peripheral connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_SPI_PINS PINS_SPI1
|
||||
///// Dataflahs SPI number.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_SPI 1
|
||||
///// Chip select connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_NPCS 3
|
||||
///// Chip select pin connected to the dataflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT45_B_NPCS_PIN PIN_SPI1_NPCS3
|
||||
|
||||
/// Base address of SPI peripheral connected to the serialflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_BASE SPI0
|
||||
///// Identifier of SPI peripheral connected to the serialflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_ID ID_SPI0
|
||||
///// Pins of the SPI peripheral connected to the serialflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_SPI_PINS PINS_SPI0
|
||||
///// Serialflash SPI number.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_SPI 0
|
||||
///// Chip select connected to the serialflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_NPCS 3
|
||||
///// Chip select pin connected to the serialflash.
|
||||
//#define BOARD_AT26_A_NPCS_PIN PIN_SPI0_NPCS3
|
||||
|
||||
/// ISO7816
|
||||
/// - PIN_SMARTCARD_CONNECT
|
||||
/// - PIN_ISO7816_RSTMC
|
||||
/// - PINS_ISO7816
|
||||
|
||||
/// Smartcard detection pin
|
||||
//#define PIN_SMARTCARD_CONNECT {1 << 5, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// PIN used for reset the smartcard
|
||||
//#define PIN_ISO7816_RSTMC {1 << 7, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// Pins used for connect the smartcard
|
||||
//#define PINS_ISO7816 PIN_USART0_TXD, PIN_USART0_SCK, PIN_ISO7816_RSTMC
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dma channel number
|
||||
#define BOARD_MCI_DMA_CHANNEL 0
|
||||
/// MCI0 DMA hardware handshaking ID
|
||||
#define DMA_HW_SRC_REQ_ID_MCI0 AT91C_HDMA_SRC_PER_0
|
||||
#define DMA_HW_DEST_REQ_ID_MCI0 AT91C_HDMA_DST_PER_0
|
||||
/// MCI1 DMA hardware handshaking ID
|
||||
#define DMA_HW_SRC_REQ_ID_MCI1 AT91C_HDMA_SRC_PER_13
|
||||
#define DMA_HW_DEST_REQ_ID_MCI1 AT91C_HDMA_DST_PER_13
|
||||
/// SD DMA hardware handshaking ID
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_DMA_HW_SRC_REQ_ID DMA_HW_SRC_REQ_ID_MCI0
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_DMA_HW_DEST_REQ_ID DMA_HW_DEST_REQ_ID_MCI0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// HS MCI interface
|
||||
#define MCI2_INTERFACE
|
||||
/// Base address of the MCI peripheral connected to the SD card.
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_MCI_BASE MCI0//MCI
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// TODO check BSS
|
||||
///// Peripheral identifier of the MCI connected to the SD card.
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_MCI_ID ID_MCI0 //ID_MCI
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
///// MCI pins that shall be configured to access the SD card.
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_PINS PINS_MCI
|
||||
///// MCI slot to which the SD card is connected to.
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_SLOT MCI_SD_SLOTA
|
||||
///// MCI Card Detect pin.
|
||||
#define BOARD_SD_PIN_CD PIN_MCI_CD
|
||||
|
||||
/*#define BOARD_PSRAM_PINS PIN_EBI_DATA_BUS, PIN_EBI_NCS0, PIN_EBI_NRD, PIN_EBI_NWE, \
|
||||
PIN_EBI_PSRAM_ADDR_BUS, PIN_EBI_PSRAM_NBS, PIN_EBI_A1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates board has an ILI9325 external component to manage LCD. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_ILI9325
|
||||
|
||||
/** LCD pins definition. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_PINS PIN_EBI_DATA_BUS, PIN_EBI_NRD, PIN_EBI_NWE, \
|
||||
PIN_EBI_NCS1, PIN_EBI_LCD_RS
|
||||
/** Backlight pin definition. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_BACKLIGHT_PIN {1 << 13, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/** Define ILI9325 base address. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_BASE 0x61000000
|
||||
/** Define ILI9325 register select signal. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_RS (1 << 1)
|
||||
/** Display width in pixels. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_WIDTH 240
|
||||
/** Display height in pixels. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT 320
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates board has an ADS7843 external component to manage Touch Screen */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_ADS7843
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_A
|
||||
/** Touchscreen controller IRQ pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_IRQ {PIO_PA4, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEBOUNCE | PIO_IT_AIME | PIO_IT_EDGE}
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_IRQ_WUP_ID (1 << 3)
|
||||
/** Touchscreen controller Busy pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_BUSY {PIO_PA5, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_REV_B
|
||||
/** Touchscreen controller IRQ pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_IRQ {PIO_PA16, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEBOUNCE | PIO_IT_AIME | PIO_IT_EDGE}
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_IRQ_WUP_ID (1 << 15)
|
||||
/** Touchscreen controller Busy pin definition. */
|
||||
#define PIN_TCS_BUSY {PIO_PA17, PIOA, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Base address of SPI peripheral connected to the touchscreen controller. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE SPI
|
||||
/** Identifier of SPI peripheral connected to the touchscreen controller. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_SPI_ID ID_SPI
|
||||
/** Pins of the SPI peripheral connected to the touchscreen controller. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_SPI_PINS PINS_SPI
|
||||
/** Chip select connected to the touchscreen controller. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_NPCS 0
|
||||
/** Chip select pin connected to the touchscreen controller. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TSC_NPCS_PIN PIN_SPI_NPCS0_PA11
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par sam3s_ek_mem "SAM3S-EK - Memories"
|
||||
/// This page lists definitions related to internal & external on-board memories.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Embedded Flash
|
||||
/// - BOARD_FLASH_EFC
|
||||
|
||||
/// Internal SRAM address
|
||||
#define AT91C_ISRAM AT91C_IRAM
|
||||
#define AT91C_ISRAM_SIZE 0x00008000
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT91C_IFLASH_SIZE (0x40000)
|
||||
#define AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE (256) // Internal FLASH 0 Page Size: 256 bytes
|
||||
#define AT91C_IFLASH_NB_OF_PAGES (1024) // Internal FLASH 0 Number of Pages: 512
|
||||
#define AT91C_IFLASH_LOCK_REGION_SIZE (16384) // Internal FLASH 0 Lock Region Size: 16 Kbytes
|
||||
#define AT91C_IFLASH_NB_OF_LOCK_BITS (16) // Internal FLASH 0 Number of Lock Bits: 16
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \section sam3s_ek_extcomp "SAM3S-EK - External components"
|
||||
/// This page lists the definitions related to external on-board components
|
||||
/// located in the board.h file for the SAM3S-EK.
|
||||
///
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \par sam3s_ek_chipdef "SAM3S-EK - Individual chip definition"
|
||||
/// This page lists the definitions related to different chip's definition
|
||||
/// located in the board.h file for the SAM3S-EK.
|
||||
|
||||
/// DBGU
|
||||
#define BOARD_DBGU_ID ID_DBGU
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rtc
|
||||
#define BOARD_RTC_ID ID_RTC
|
||||
|
||||
/// Twi eeprom
|
||||
#define BOARD_ID_TWI_EEPROM ID_TWI1
|
||||
#define BOARD_BASE_TWI_EEPROM TWI1
|
||||
#define BOARD_PINS_TWI_EEPROM PINS_TWI1
|
||||
|
||||
/// USART
|
||||
#define BOARD_PIN_USART_RXD PIN_USART1_RXD
|
||||
#define BOARD_PIN_USART_TXD PIN_USART1_TXD
|
||||
#define BOARD_PIN_USART_CTS PIN_USART1_CTS
|
||||
#define BOARD_PIN_USART_RTS PIN_USART1_RTS
|
||||
#define BOARD_PIN_USART_EN PIN_USART1_EN
|
||||
#define BOARD_USART_BASE USART1
|
||||
#define BOARD_ID_USART ID_USART1
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NANDOE {1 << 9, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NANDWE {1 << 10, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NANDCLE {1 << 17, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NANDALE {1 << 16, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
#define PIN_EBI_NANDIO {0x000000FF, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Nandflash chip enable pin definition.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NF_CE_PIN {1 << 14, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_1, PIO_DEFAULT}
|
||||
/// Nandflash ready/busy pin definition.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NF_RB_PIN {1 << 18, PIOC, ID_PIOC, PIO_INPUT, PIO_PULLUP}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Nandflash controller peripheral pins definition.
|
||||
#define PINS_NANDFLASH PIN_EBI_NANDIO, BOARD_NF_CE_PIN, BOARD_NF_RB_PIN, PIN_EBI_NANDOE, \
|
||||
PIN_EBI_NANDWE, PIN_EBI_NANDCLE, PIN_EBI_NANDALE
|
||||
|
||||
/// Address for transferring command bytes to the nandflash.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NF_COMMAND_ADDR 0x60400000
|
||||
/// Address for transferring address bytes to the nandflash.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NF_ADDRESS_ADDR 0x60200000
|
||||
/// Address for transferring data bytes to the nandflash.
|
||||
#define BOARD_NF_DATA_ADDR 0x60000000
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef BOARD_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
#include <cmsis/core_cm3.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "exceptions.h"
|
||||
#include "board_lowlevel.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
typedef union { IntFunc __fun; void * __ptr; } IntVector;
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ProtoTypes
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void __iar_program_start( void );
|
||||
|
||||
int __low_level_init( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Variables
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern unsigned int __ICFEDIT_vector_start__;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exception Table
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#pragma language=extended
|
||||
#pragma segment="CSTACK"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The name "__vector_table" has special meaning for C-SPY: */
|
||||
/* it is where the SP start value is found, and the NVIC vector */
|
||||
/* table register (VTOR) is initialized to this address if != 0. */
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma section = ".vectors"
|
||||
#pragma location = ".vectors"
|
||||
const IntVector __vector_table[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ .__ptr = __sfe( "CSTACK" ) },
|
||||
__iar_program_start,
|
||||
|
||||
NMI_Handler,
|
||||
HardFault_Handler,
|
||||
MemManage_Handler,
|
||||
BusFault_Handler,
|
||||
UsageFault_Handler,
|
||||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* Reserved */
|
||||
SVC_Handler,
|
||||
DebugMon_Handler,
|
||||
0, /* Reserved */
|
||||
PendSV_Handler,
|
||||
SysTick_Handler,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configurable interrupts */
|
||||
SUPC_IrqHandler, /* 0 SUPPLY CONTROLLER */
|
||||
RSTC_IrqHandler, /* 1 RESET CONTROLLER */
|
||||
RTC_IrqHandler, /* 2 REAL TIME CLOCK */
|
||||
RTT_IrqHandler, /* 3 REAL TIME TIMER */
|
||||
WDT_IrqHandler, /* 4 WATCHDOG TIMER */
|
||||
PMC_IrqHandler, /* 5 PMC */
|
||||
EEFC_IrqHandler, /* 6 EEFC */
|
||||
IrqHandlerNotUsed, /* 7 Reserved */
|
||||
UART0_IrqHandler, /* 8 UART0 */
|
||||
UART1_IrqHandler, /* 9 UART1 */
|
||||
SMC_IrqHandler, /* 10 SMC */
|
||||
PIOA_IrqHandler, /* 11 Parallel IO Controller A */
|
||||
PIOB_IrqHandler, /* 12 Parallel IO Controller B */
|
||||
PIOC_IrqHandler, /* 13 Parallel IO Controller C */
|
||||
USART0_IrqHandler, /* 14 USART 0 */
|
||||
USART1_IrqHandler, /* 15 USART 1 */
|
||||
IrqHandlerNotUsed, /* 16 Reserved */
|
||||
IrqHandlerNotUsed, /* 17 Reserved */
|
||||
MCI_IrqHandler, /* 18 MCI */
|
||||
TWI0_IrqHandler, /* 19 TWI 0 */
|
||||
TWI1_IrqHandler, /* 20 TWI 1 */
|
||||
SPI_IrqHandler, /* 21 SPI */
|
||||
SSC_IrqHandler, /* 22 SSC */
|
||||
TC0_IrqHandler, /* 23 Timer Counter 0 */
|
||||
TC1_IrqHandler, /* 24 Timer Counter 1 */
|
||||
TC2_IrqHandler, /* 25 Timer Counter 2 */
|
||||
TC3_IrqHandler, /* 26 Timer Counter 3 */
|
||||
TC4_IrqHandler, /* 27 Timer Counter 4 */
|
||||
TC5_IrqHandler, /* 28 Timer Counter 5 */
|
||||
ADC_IrqHandler, /* 29 ADC controller */
|
||||
DAC_IrqHandler, /* 30 DAC controller */
|
||||
PWM_IrqHandler, /* 31 PWM */
|
||||
CRCCU_IrqHandler, /* 32 CRC Calculation Unit */
|
||||
ACC_IrqHandler, /* 33 Analog Comparator */
|
||||
USBD_IrqHandler, /* 34 USB Device Port */
|
||||
IrqHandlerNotUsed /* 35 not used */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exception Table
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* This is the code that gets called on processor reset. To initialize the
|
||||
* device.
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
int __low_level_init( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int * src = __section_begin(".vectors");
|
||||
|
||||
LowLevelInit();
|
||||
|
||||
SCB->VTOR = ((unsigned int)(src)) | (0x0 << 7);
|
||||
|
||||
return 1; /* if return 0, the data sections will not be initialized. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Provides the low-level initialization function that gets called on chip startup.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
#include "board_memories.h"
|
||||
#include "board_lowlevel.h"
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** Define clock timeout */
|
||||
#define CLOCK_TIMEOUT 5000
|
||||
/** Bit 29 must always be set to 1 when programming the CKGR_PLLAR register.*/
|
||||
#define PMC_PLLA_SET_BIT29 (0x1 << 29)
|
||||
/** Specifies the number of Slow Clock cycles x8 before the LOCKA bit is set in PMC_SR after CKGR_PLLAR is written.*/
|
||||
#define PMC_PLLA_COUNT (0xBF << 8)
|
||||
/** The PLLA Clock frequency is the PLLA input frequency multiplied by 8*/
|
||||
#define PMC_PLLA_MULTIPIER (0x07 << 16)
|
||||
/** PLLA Divider is bypassed.*/
|
||||
#define PMC_PLLA_DIV (0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static void BOARD_ConfigurePmc(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TODO: configurate PLL in new way */
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
uint32_t timeout = 0;
|
||||
/** 1: Checking the Main Oscillator Frequency (Optional) and Initialize main oscillator */
|
||||
/** 1.1 Initialize main oscillator */
|
||||
// TODO:
|
||||
|
||||
/** 2. Setting PLL and Divider*/
|
||||
/** 2.1 Initialize PLLA*/
|
||||
PMC->CKGR_PLLAR = ( PMC_PLLA_SET_BIT29 |
|
||||
PMC_PLLA_MULTIPIER |
|
||||
PMC_PLLA_COUNT |
|
||||
PMC_PLLA_DIV
|
||||
);
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
/** 2.2 Wait for the LOCKA bit to be set by polling the status register.*/
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_LOCKA) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
/** 2.3 wait for the MCKRDY bit to be set by polling the status register*/
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
/** 3. Selection of Master Clock and Processor Clock*/
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR |= PMC_MCKR_PRES_CLK_2;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 3.1 wait for the MCKRDY bit to be set by polling the status register*/
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
/** 3.2 PLLA Clock is selected */
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = PMC_MCKR_PRES_CLK_2 | PMC_MCKR_CSS_PLLA_CLK;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 3.3 wait for the MCKRDY bit to be set by polling the status register*/
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 1 // old as sam3u
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_MUL_SHIFT 16
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_OUT_SHIFT 14
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_PLLCOUNT_SHIFT 8
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_DIV_SHIFT 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Settings at 48/48MHz
|
||||
#define BOARD_OSCOUNT (CKGR_MOR_MOSCXTST & (0x8 << 8))
|
||||
#define BOARD_PLLR ((1 << 29) | (0x7 << AT91C_CKGR_MUL_SHIFT) \
|
||||
| (0x0 << AT91C_CKGR_OUT_SHIFT) |(0x1 << AT91C_CKGR_PLLCOUNT_SHIFT) \
|
||||
| (0x1 << AT91C_CKGR_DIV_SHIFT))
|
||||
#define BOARD_MCKR ( PMC_MCKR_PRES_CLK_2 | PMC_MCKR_CSS_PLLA_CLK)
|
||||
|
||||
// Define clock timeout
|
||||
#undef CLOCK_TIMEOUT
|
||||
#define CLOCK_TIMEOUT 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t timeout = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable NRST reset
|
||||
************************************/
|
||||
//AT91C_BASE_RSTC->RSTC_RMR |= AT91C_RSTC_URSTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select external slow clock
|
||||
****************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ((SUPC->SUPC_SR & SUPC_SR_OSCSEL) != SUPC_SR_OSCSEL_CRYST) {
|
||||
SUPC->SUPC_CR = SUPC_CR_XTALSEL_CRYSTAL_SEL | ((uint32_t)0xA5 << 24);
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(SUPC->SUPC_SR & SUPC_SR_OSCSEL_CRYST) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize main oscillator
|
||||
****************************/
|
||||
if(!(PMC->CKGR_MOR & CKGR_MOR_MOSCSEL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
PMC->CKGR_MOR = (0x37 << 16) | BOARD_OSCOUNT | CKGR_MOR_MOSCRCEN | CKGR_MOR_MOSCXTEN;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MOSCXTS) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch to 3-20MHz Xtal oscillator */
|
||||
PMC->CKGR_MOR = (0x37 << 16) | BOARD_OSCOUNT | CKGR_MOR_MOSCRCEN | CKGR_MOR_MOSCXTEN | CKGR_MOR_MOSCSEL;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MOSCSELS) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = (PMC->PMC_MCKR & ~(uint32_t)PMC_MCKR_CSS) | PMC_MCKR_CSS_MAIN_CLK;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize PLLA */
|
||||
PMC->CKGR_PLLAR = BOARD_PLLR;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_LOCKA) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize UTMI for USB usage, can be disabled if not using USB for the sake of saving power*/
|
||||
//AT91C_BASE_CKGR->CKGR_UCKR |= (AT91C_CKGR_UPLLCOUNT & (3 << 20)) | AT91C_CKGR_UPLLEN;
|
||||
//timeout = 0;
|
||||
//while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & AT91C_PMC_LOCKU) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch to fast clock
|
||||
**********************/
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = (BOARD_MCKR & ~PMC_MCKR_CSS) | PMC_MCKR_CSS_MAIN_CLK;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = BOARD_MCKR;
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while (!(PMC->PMC_SR & PMC_SR_MCKRDY) && (timeout++ < CLOCK_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Performs the low-level initialization of the chip. This includes EFC,
|
||||
* master clock and watchdog configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void LowLevelInit (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/** Set 2 WS for Embedded Flash Access */
|
||||
EFC->EEFC_FMR = (1 << 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configure PMC */
|
||||
BOARD_ConfigurePmc();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !!!Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Collection of methods for lowlevel.
|
||||
///
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOARD_LOWLEVEL_H
|
||||
#define BOARD_LOWLEVEL_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void LowLevelInit(void);
|
||||
extern void OptimizeCpuSpeed(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BOARD_LOWLEVEL_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Title: Memories implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "board_memories.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures the EBI for NandFlash access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void BOARD_ConfigureNandFlash( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Open EBI clock
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = (1<< ID_SMC);
|
||||
// NCS0 is assigned to a NAND Flash (NANDOE and NANWE used for NCS0)
|
||||
MATRIX->CCFG_SMCNFCS = CCFG_SMCNFCS_SMC_NFCS0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_SETUP = 0
|
||||
| ((0 << 0) & SMC_SETUP0_NWE_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((1 << 8) & SMC_SETUP0_NCS_WR_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((0 << 16) & SMC_SETUP0_NRD_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((1 << 24) & SMC_SETUP0_NCS_RD_SETUP);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_PULSE = 0
|
||||
| ((2 << 0) & SMC_PULSE0_NWE_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((3 << 8) & SMC_PULSE0_NCS_WR_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((4 << 16) & SMC_PULSE0_NRD_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((4 << 24) & SMC_PULSE0_NCS_RD_PULSE);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_CYCLE = 0
|
||||
| ((4 << 0) & SMC_CYCLE0_NWE_CYCLE)
|
||||
| ((7 << 16) & SMC_CYCLE0_NRD_CYCLE);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_MODE = SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE | SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_SETUP = 0
|
||||
| ((0 << 0) & SMC_SETUP0_NWE_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((0 << 8) & SMC_SETUP0_NCS_WR_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((0 << 16) & SMC_SETUP0_NRD_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((0 << 24) & SMC_SETUP0_NCS_RD_SETUP);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_PULSE = 0
|
||||
| ((2 << 0) & SMC_PULSE0_NWE_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((2 << 8) & SMC_PULSE0_NCS_WR_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((2 << 16) & SMC_PULSE0_NRD_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((2 << 24) & SMC_PULSE0_NCS_RD_PULSE);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_CYCLE = 0
|
||||
| ((3 << 0) & SMC_CYCLE0_NWE_CYCLE)
|
||||
| ((3 << 16) & SMC_CYCLE0_NRD_CYCLE);
|
||||
|
||||
SMC->SMC_CS_NUMBER[0].SMC_MODE = SMC_MODE1_READ_MODE | SMC_MODE1_WRITE_MODE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
/// !Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Usage
|
||||
///
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOARD_MEMORIES_H
|
||||
#define BOARD_MEMORIES_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern void BOARD_ConfigureNandFlash( void ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef BOARD_MEMORIES_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
* This file contains the default exception handlers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* The exception handler has weak aliases.
|
||||
* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override
|
||||
* this definition.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "exceptions.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for not used irq.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void IrqHandlerNotUsed(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default NMI interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void NMI_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default HardFault interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void HardFault_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default MemManage interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void MemManage_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default BusFault interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void BusFault_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default UsageFault interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void UsageFault_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SVC interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SVC_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default DebugMon interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void DebugMon_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default PendSV interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PendSV_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SysTick interrupt handler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SysTick_Handler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for Supply Controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SUPC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for Reset Controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void RSTC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for Real Time Clock.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void RTC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for Real Time Timer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void RTT_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for Watchdog Timer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void WDT_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for PMC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PMC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for EEFC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void EEFC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for UART0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void UART0_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for UART1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void UART1_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for SMC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SMC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for PIOA Controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for PIOB Controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for PIOC Controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for USART0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void USART0_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for USART1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void USART1_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for MCI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void MCI_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for TWI0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TWI0_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for TWI1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TWI1_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for SPI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SPI_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for SSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void SSC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for TC0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC0_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for TC1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC1_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default interrupt handler for TC2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC2_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for TC3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC3_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for TC4.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC4_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for TC5.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void TC5_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for ADC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void ADC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for DAC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void DAC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for PWM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void PWM_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for CRCCU.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void CRCCU_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for ACC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void ACC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Default SUPC interrupt handler for USBD.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
WEAK void USBD_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
* Interface for default exception handlers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EXCEPTIONS_H
|
||||
#define EXCEPTIONS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function prototype for exception table items (interrupt handler). */
|
||||
typedef void( *IntFunc )( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define WEAK attribute */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
|
||||
#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
|
||||
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
|
||||
#define WEAK __weak
|
||||
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void IrqHandlerNotUsed(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern WEAK void NMI_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void HardFault_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void MemManage_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void BusFault_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void UsageFault_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void SVC_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void DebugMon_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void PendSV_Handler( void );
|
||||
extern WEAK void SysTick_Handler( void );
|
||||
|
||||
extern WEAK void SUPC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void RSTC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void RTC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void RTT_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void WDT_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void PMC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void EEFC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void UART0_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void UART1_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void SMC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void PIOA_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void PIOB_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void PIOC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void USART0_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void USART1_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void MCI_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TWI0_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TWI1_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void SPI_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void SSC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC0_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC1_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC2_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC3_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC4_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void TC5_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void ADC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void DAC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void PWM_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void CRCCU_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void ACC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
extern WEAK void USBD_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef EXCEPTIONS_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file: core_cm3.c
|
||||
* @purpose: CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Source File
|
||||
* @version: V1.10
|
||||
* @date: 24. Feb. 2009
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-Mx
|
||||
* processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
|
||||
* within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
|
||||
* OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
* ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
|
||||
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* define compiler specific symbols */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
|
||||
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for armcc */
|
||||
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for armcc */
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
|
||||
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for iarcc */
|
||||
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for iarcc. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */
|
||||
#define __nop __no_operation /*!< no operation intrinsic in iarcc */
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
#define __ASM asm /*!< asm keyword for gcc */
|
||||
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for gcc */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t ProcessStackPointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the actual process stack pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, psp
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr psp, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
|
||||
* Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, msp
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_MSP(uint32_t mainStackPointer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr msp, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rev16 r0, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param int16_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return int32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
revsh r0, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __CLREX(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
clrex
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Base Priority value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t BasePriority
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the base priority register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, basepri
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Base Priority value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t BasePriority
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the base priority register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr basepri, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Priority Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t PriMask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask
|
||||
* register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, primask
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Priority Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t PriMask
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr primask, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Fault Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t FaultMask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the fault mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, faultmask
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Fault Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t faultMask value
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the fault mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr faultmask, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Control Register value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t Control value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the control register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mrs r0, control
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Control Register value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Control value
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the control register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__ASM void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msr control, r0
|
||||
bx lr
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/
|
||||
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t ProcessStackPointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the actual process stack pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("mrs r0, psp");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("msr psp, r0");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
|
||||
* Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("mrs r0, msp");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("msr msp, r0");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("rev16 r0, r0");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse bit order of value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse bit order of value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("rbit r0, r0");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint8_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint8_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("ldrexb r0, [r0]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint16_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("ldrexh r0, [r0]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint32_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("ldrex r0, [r0]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint8_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint8_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("strexb r0, r0, [r1]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint16_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("strexh r0, r0, [r1]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint32_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM("strex r0, r0, [r1]");
|
||||
__ASM("bx lr");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t ProcessStackPointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the actual process stack pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Process Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
|
||||
* Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Main Stack Pointer
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
|
||||
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Base Priority value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t BasePriority
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the base priority register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Base Priority value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t BasePriority
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the base priority register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Priority Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t PriMask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask
|
||||
* register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Priority Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t PriMask
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Fault Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t FaultMask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the fault mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Fault Mask value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t faultMask value
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the fault mask register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in integer value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in integer value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param int32_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return int32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reverse bit order of value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t value to reverse
|
||||
* @return uint32_t reversed value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reverse bit order of value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint8_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint8_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint16_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief LDR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t* address
|
||||
* @return uint32_t value of (*address)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive LDR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint8_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint8_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint16_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint16_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STR Exclusive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t *address
|
||||
* @param uint32_t value to store
|
||||
* @return uint32_t successful / failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Exclusive STR command
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the Control Register value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param none
|
||||
* @return uint32_t Control value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the content of the control register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t result=0;
|
||||
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) );
|
||||
return(result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Control Register value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uint32_t Control value
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set the control register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of ADS7843 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843
|
||||
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
#include <spi/spi.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ads7843.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_PD0 (1 << 0) /* PD0 */
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_PD1 (1 << 1) /* PD1 */
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_DFR (1 << 2) /* SER/DFR */
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_EIGHT_BITS_MOD (1 << 3) /* Mode */
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_START (1 << 7) /* Start Bit */
|
||||
#define ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT 4 /* Address setting */
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD_LCD_WIDTH == 240)
|
||||
/* Get X position command */
|
||||
#define CMD_Y_POSITION ((1 << ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT) | ADS_CTRL_START | ADS_CTRL_PD0 | ADS_CTRL_PD1)
|
||||
/* Get Y position command */
|
||||
#define CMD_X_POSITION ((5 << ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT) | ADS_CTRL_START | ADS_CTRL_PD0 | ADS_CTRL_PD1)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Get X position command */
|
||||
#define CMD_X_POSITION ((1 << ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT) | ADS_CTRL_START | ADS_CTRL_PD0 | ADS_CTRL_PD1)
|
||||
/* Get Y position command */
|
||||
#define CMD_Y_POSITION ((5 << ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT) | ADS_CTRL_START | ADS_CTRL_PD0 | ADS_CTRL_PD1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable penIRQ */
|
||||
#define CMD_ENABLE_PENIRQ ((1 << ADS_CTRL_SWITCH_SHIFT) | ADS_CTRL_START)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADS7843_TIMEOUT 5000000
|
||||
|
||||
#define DELAY_BEFORE_SPCK (200 << 16) /* 2us min (tCSS) <=> 200/100 000 000 = 2us */
|
||||
#define DELAY_BETWEEN_CONS_COM (0xf << 24) /* 5us min (tCSH) <=> (32 * 15) / (100 000 000) = 5us */
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pins used by SPI */
|
||||
static const Pin pinsSPI[] = {BOARD_TSC_SPI_PINS, BOARD_TSC_NPCS_PIN};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Touch screen BUSY pin */
|
||||
static const Pin pinBusy[] = {PIN_TCS_BUSY};
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Generic function to send a command to the touchscreen controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param bCmd command to send
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return command result
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t SendCommand(unsigned char bCmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t uResult = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t uTimeout = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* (volatile declaration needed for code optimisation by compiler) */
|
||||
volatile unsigned char bufferRX[3];
|
||||
volatile unsigned char bufferTX[3];
|
||||
|
||||
Pdc *pPdc = (Pdc *)SPI;
|
||||
uint32_t dStatus;
|
||||
|
||||
bufferRX[0] = 0;
|
||||
bufferRX[1] = 0;
|
||||
bufferRX[2] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
bufferTX[0] = bCmd;
|
||||
bufferTX[1] = 0;
|
||||
bufferTX[2] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send Command and data through the SPI */
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_RXTDIS;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_RPR = (uint32_t) bufferRX;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_RCR = 3;
|
||||
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_TXTDIS;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_TPR = (uint32_t) bufferTX;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_TCR = 3;
|
||||
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_TXTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
dStatus = REG_SPI_SR;
|
||||
uTimeout++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((( dStatus & SPI_SR_RXBUFF) != SPI_SR_RXBUFF) && (uTimeout < ADS7843_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_RXTDIS;
|
||||
pPdc->PERIPH_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_TXTDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
uResult = ((uint32_t)bufferRX[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)bufferRX[2];
|
||||
uResult = uResult >> 4;
|
||||
|
||||
return uResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get position of the pen by ask the ADS controller (SPI).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param px_pos pointer to the horizontal position
|
||||
* \param py_pos pointer to the vertical position
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADS7843_GetPosition(uint32_t *px_pos, uint32_t *py_pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get X position */
|
||||
*px_pos = SendCommand(CMD_X_POSITION);
|
||||
/* Get Y position */
|
||||
*py_pos = SendCommand(CMD_Y_POSITION);
|
||||
/* Switch to full power mode */
|
||||
SendCommand(CMD_ENABLE_PENIRQ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initialization of the SPI for communication with ADS7843 component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADS7843_Initialize(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile uint32_t uDummy;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure pins */
|
||||
PIO_Configure(pinsSPI, PIO_LISTSIZE(pinsSPI));
|
||||
|
||||
PIO_Configure(pinBusy, PIO_LISTSIZE(pinBusy));
|
||||
|
||||
SPI_Configure(BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE,
|
||||
BOARD_TSC_SPI_ID,
|
||||
SPI_MR_MSTR | SPI_MR_MODFDIS | SPI_PCS(BOARD_TSC_NPCS) /* Value of the SPI configuration register. */
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
SPI_ConfigureNPCS(BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE, BOARD_TSC_NPCS,
|
||||
SPI_CSR_NCPHA | (SPI_CSR_DLYBS & DELAY_BEFORE_SPCK) |
|
||||
(SPI_CSR_DLYBCT & DELAY_BETWEEN_CONS_COM) | (0xC8 << 8) );
|
||||
|
||||
SPI_Enable(BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE);
|
||||
|
||||
for (uDummy=0; uDummy<100000; uDummy++);
|
||||
|
||||
uDummy = REG_SPI_SR;
|
||||
uDummy = REG_SPI_RDR;
|
||||
|
||||
SendCommand(CMD_ENABLE_PENIRQ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reset the ADS7843
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADS7843_Reset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable SPI */
|
||||
SPI_Disable(BOARD_TSC_SPI_BASE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843 */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for ADS7843 driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ADS7843_H
|
||||
#define ADS7843_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void ADS7843_Initialize(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void ADS7843_Reset(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void ADS7843_GetPosition(uint32_t *px_pos, uint32_t *py_pos);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843 */
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef ADS7843_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation WM8731 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "wm8731.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Read data from WM8731 Register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to twi driver structure
|
||||
* \param device Twi slave address.
|
||||
* \param regAddr Register address to read.
|
||||
* \return value in the given register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t WM8731_Read(Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint32_t device,
|
||||
uint32_t regAddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t bitsDataRegister;
|
||||
uint8_t Tdata[2]={0,0};
|
||||
|
||||
TWID_Read(pTwid, device, regAddr, 0, Tdata, 2, 0);
|
||||
bitsDataRegister = (Tdata[0] << 8) | Tdata[1];
|
||||
return bitsDataRegister;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Write data to WM8731 Register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to twi driver structure
|
||||
* \param device Twi slave address.
|
||||
* \param regAddr Register address to read.
|
||||
* \param data Data to write
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void WM8731_Write(Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint32_t device,
|
||||
uint32_t regAddr,
|
||||
uint16_t data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t tmpData[2];
|
||||
uint16_t tmp;
|
||||
tmp = ((regAddr & 0x7f) << 9) | (data & 0x1ff);
|
||||
|
||||
tmpData[0] = (tmp & 0xff00) >> 8;
|
||||
tmpData[1] = tmp & 0xff;
|
||||
TWID_Write(pTwid, device, regAddr, 0, tmpData, 2, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Init WM8731 to DAC mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to twi driver structure
|
||||
* \param device Twi slave address.
|
||||
* \return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t WM8731_DAC_Init(Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint32_t device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* reset */
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_RESET, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* analogue audio path control */
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_ANALOGUE_PATH_CTRL, 0x12);
|
||||
|
||||
/* digital audio path control*/
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_DIGITAL_PATH_CTRL, 0x00);
|
||||
|
||||
/* power down control */
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_PWDOWN_CTRL, 0x7);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Active control*/
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_ACTIVE_CTRL, 0x01);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set WM8731 volume
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to twi driver structure
|
||||
* \param device Twi slave address.
|
||||
* \param register Register address
|
||||
* \param value Register value, valid value is between 0x30 to 0x7f
|
||||
* \return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t WM8731_VolumeSet(Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint32_t device,
|
||||
uint16_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t regValue;
|
||||
|
||||
value &= WM8731_LHPVOL_BITS;
|
||||
regValue = WM8731_LRHPBOTH_BIT | WM8731_LZCEN_BIT | value;
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_LEFT_HPOUT, regValue);
|
||||
regValue = WM8731_RZCEN_BIT | WM8731_RLHPBOTH_BIT | value;
|
||||
WM8731_Write(pTwid, device, WM8731_REG_RIGHT_HPOUT, value);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation WM8731 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WM8731_H
|
||||
#define WM8731_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
#include <twi/twid.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_CSB_STATE (0x0 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Slave address */
|
||||
//#define WM8731_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0x1a | WM8731_CSB_STATE*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0x1b
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reset register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_RESET 0x0F
|
||||
|
||||
/** Left Line in register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_LEFT_lINEIN 0x0
|
||||
/** Left line input volume control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LINVOL_BITS (0x1f << 0)
|
||||
/** Left line input mute to ADC*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LINMUTE_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
/** Left to right channel line input volume and mute data load control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LRINBOTH_BIT (0x0 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Right Line in register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_RIGHT_lINEIN 0x1
|
||||
/** Right line input volume control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RINVOL_BITS (0x1f << 0)
|
||||
/** Right line input mute to ADC*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RINMUTE_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
/** Right to right channel line input volume and mute data load control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RLINBOTH_BIT (0x0 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Left Headphone out register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_LEFT_HPOUT 0x2
|
||||
/** Left chnnel headphone output volume control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LHPVOL_BITS (0x7f << 0)
|
||||
/** Left channel zero cross detect enable*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LZCEN_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
/** Left to right channel headphone volume, mute and zero cross data load control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LRHPBOTH_BIT (0x1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Right Headphone out register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_RIGHT_HPOUT 0x3
|
||||
/** Right chnnel headphone output volume control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RHPVOL_BITS (0x7f << 0)
|
||||
/** Right channel zero cross detect enable*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RZCEN_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
/** Right to right channel headphone volume, mute and zero cross data load control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_RLHPBOTH_BIT (0x1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Analogue audio path control register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_ANALOGUE_PATH_CTRL 0x4
|
||||
|
||||
/** Digital audio path control register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_DIGITAL_PATH_CTRL 0x5
|
||||
|
||||
/** Power down control register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_PWDOWN_CTRL 0x6
|
||||
/** LineIn power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_LINEINPD_BIT (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_LINEINPD (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_LINEINPD (0x0 << 0)
|
||||
/** Mic power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_MICPD_BIT (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_MICPD (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_MICPD (0x0 << 1)
|
||||
/** ADC power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_ADCPD_BIT (0x1 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_ADCPD (0x1 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_ADCPD (0x0 << 2)
|
||||
/** DAC power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_DACPD_BIT (0x1 << 3)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_DACPD (0x1 << 3)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_DACPD (0x0 << 3)
|
||||
/** OUT power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_OUTPD_BIT (0x1 << 4)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_OUTPD (0x1 << 4)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_OUTPD (0x0 << 4)
|
||||
/** OSC power down*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_OSCBIT (0x1 << 5)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_OSCPD (0x1 << 5)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_OSCPD (0x0 << 5)
|
||||
/** CLKOUT powerdown*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_CLKOUTPD_BIT (0x1 << 6)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_CLKOUTPD (0x1 << 6)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DISABLE_CLKOUTPD (0x0 << 6)
|
||||
/** Power off device*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_POWEROFF_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DEV_POWER_OFF (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
#define WM8731_DEV_POWER_ON (0x0 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Interface format register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_DA_INTERFACE_FORMAT 0x7
|
||||
/** Format*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_FORMAT_BITS (0x3 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_FORMAT_MSB_LEFT_JUSTIFIED (0x0 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_FORMAT_MSB_RIGHT_JUSTIFIED (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_FORMAT_I2S (0x2 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_FORMAT_DSP (0x3 << 0)
|
||||
/** Input audio data bit length select*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_IWL_BITS (0x3 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_IWL_16_BIT (0x0 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_IWL_20_BIT (0x1 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_IWL_24_BIT (0x2 << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_IWL_32_BIT (0x3 << 2)
|
||||
/** DACLRC phase control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_IRP_BITS (0x1 << 4)
|
||||
/** DAC Left right clock swap*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_IRSWAP_BIT (0x1 << 5)
|
||||
/** Master slave mode control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_MS_BIT (0x1 << 6)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_MASTER_MODE (0x1 << 6)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ENABLE_SLAVE_MODE (0x0 << 6)
|
||||
/** Bit clock invert*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_BCLKINV_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sampling control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_SAMPLECTRL 0x8
|
||||
/** Mode select, usb mode, normal mode*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_USBNORMAL_BIT (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_NORMAL_MODE (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_USB_MODE (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
/** Base over-sampling rate*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_BOSR_BIT (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_USB_250FS (0x0 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_USB_272FS (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_NORMAL_256FS (0x0 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_NORMAL_128_192_384_FS (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
/** Sample rate control*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_SR_BITS (0xf << 2)
|
||||
#define WM8731_CLKIDIV2_BIT (0x1 << 6)
|
||||
#define WM8731_CLKODIV2_BIT (0x1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Active control register*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_REG_ACTIVE_CTRL 0x9
|
||||
/** Activate interface*/
|
||||
#define WM8731_ACTIVE_BIT (0x1 << 0)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ACTIVE_INTERFACE_ACTIVE (0x1 << 1)
|
||||
#define WM8731_ACTIVE_INTERFACE_INACTIVE (0x0 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint16_t WM8731_Read(Twid *pTwid, uint32_t device, uint32_t regAddr);
|
||||
extern void WM8731_Write(Twid *pTwid, uint32_t device, uint32_t regAddr, uint16_t data);
|
||||
extern uint8_t WM8731_DAC_Init(Twid *pTwid, uint32_t device);
|
||||
extern uint8_t WM8731_VolumeSet(Twid *pTwid, uint32_t device, uint16_t value);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // WM8731_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup adc_module Working with ACC
|
||||
* The ACC driver provides the interface to configure and use the ACC peripheral.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It converts the analog input to digital format. The converted result could be 12bit
|
||||
* or 10bit. The ACC supports up to 16 analog lines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To Enable a ACC conversion,the user has to follow these few steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Select an appropriate reference voltage on ADVREF </li>
|
||||
* <li> Configure the ACC according to its requirements and special needs,which could be
|
||||
broken down into several parts:
|
||||
* -# Select the resolution by setting or clearing ACC_MR_LOWRES bit in ACC_MR (Mode Register)
|
||||
* -# Set ACC clock by setting ACC_MR_PRESCAL bits in ACC_MR, the clock is caculated with
|
||||
ACCClock = MCK / ( (PRESCAL+1) * 2 )
|
||||
* -# Set Startup Time,Tracking Clock cycles and Transfer Clock respeticively in ACC_MR.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
* <li> Start conversion by setting ACC_CR_START in ACC_CR. </li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the ACC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref adc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref adc.h\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <acc/acc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initialize the ACC controller
|
||||
* \param pAcc Pointer to an Acc instance.
|
||||
* \param idAcc ACC identifier
|
||||
* \param selplus input connected to inp, 0~7
|
||||
* \param selminus input connected to inm,0~7
|
||||
* \param ac_en Analog comprator enabled/disabled,use pattern
|
||||
* \param edge CF flag triggering mode,use pattern
|
||||
* \param invert INVert comparator output,use pattern defined in the device header
|
||||
file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ACC_Configure(Acc *pAcc,
|
||||
uint8_t idAcc,
|
||||
uint8_t selplus,
|
||||
uint8_t selminus,
|
||||
uint16_t ac_en,
|
||||
uint16_t edge,
|
||||
uint16_t invert)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable peripheral clock*/
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER1 = 1 << (idAcc-32);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the controller */
|
||||
pAcc->ACC_CR |= ACC_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to the MR register */
|
||||
ACC_CfgModeReg( pAcc,
|
||||
( selplus & ACC_MR_SELPLUS)
|
||||
| (( selminus<<4) & ACC_MR_SELMINUS)
|
||||
| ( ac_en & ACC_MR_ACEN)
|
||||
| ( edge & ACC_MR_EDGETYP)
|
||||
| ( invert & ACC_MR_INV) );
|
||||
//pAcc->ACC_MR |= (ACC_MR_SELFS_OUTPUT|ACC_MR_FE_EN);
|
||||
|
||||
pAcc->ACC_ACR = 0x7;
|
||||
|
||||
while(pAcc->ACC_ISR & (uint32_t)ACC_ISR_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the Channel Converted Data
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param channel channel to get converted value
|
||||
* \return Channel converted data of the specified channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ACC_SetComparisionPair(Acc *pAcc, uint8_t selplus,uint8_t selminus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t temp;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(selplus < 8 && selminus < 8,"The assigned channel number is invalid!");
|
||||
|
||||
temp = pAcc->ACC_MR;
|
||||
|
||||
pAcc->ACC_MR = temp & (~ACC_MR_SELMINUS)&(~ACC_MR_SELPLUS);
|
||||
|
||||
pAcc->ACC_MR |= ((selplus & ACC_MR_SELPLUS)|((selminus<<4) & ACC_MR_SELMINUS));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return Comparison Result
|
||||
* \param pAcc Pointer to an Acc instance.
|
||||
* \param status value of ACC_ISR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t ACC_GetComparisionResult(Acc *pAcc,uint32_t status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t temp = pAcc->ACC_MR;
|
||||
if( (temp & ACC_MR_INV)== ACC_MR_INV)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if( status & ACC_ISR_SCO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0; /* inn>inp*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
else return 1;/* inp>inn*/
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if( status & ACC_ISR_SCO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1; /* inp>inn*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
else return 0;/* inn>inp*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \unit
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Analog-to-Digital Converter (ACC) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Configurate the pins for ACC
|
||||
* -# Initialize the ACC with ACC_Initialize().
|
||||
* -# Select the active channel using ACC_EnableChannel()
|
||||
* -# Start the conversion with ACC_StartConversion()
|
||||
* -# Wait the end of the conversion by polling status with ACC_GetStatus()
|
||||
* -# Finally, get the converted data using ACC_GetConvertedData()
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ACC_H
|
||||
#define ACC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B0 0
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B1 1
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B2 2
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B3 3
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B4 4
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B5 5
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B6 6
|
||||
#define ACC_SELPLUS_AD12B7 7
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_TS 0
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_ADVREF 1
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_DAC0 2
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_DAC1 3
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_AD12B0 4
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_AD12B1 5
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_AD12B2 6
|
||||
#define ACC_SELMINUS_AD12B3 7
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros function of register access
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define ACC_CfgModeReg(pAcc, mode) { \
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_MR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetModeReg(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_MR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_StartConversion(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_CR = ACC_CR_START)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_SoftReset(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_CR = ACC_CR_SWRST)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_EnableChannel(pAcc, channel) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(channel < 16, "ACC Channel not exist");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_CHER = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_DisableChannel (pAcc, channel) {\
|
||||
ASSERT((channel) < 16, "ACC Channel not exist");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_CHDR = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_EnableIt(pAcc, mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode)&0xFFF00000)== 0, "ACC bad interrupt IER");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_IER = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_DisableIt(pAcc, mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode)&0xFFF00000)== 0, "ACC bad interrupt IDR");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_IDR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_EnableDataReadyIt(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_IER = AT91C_ACC_DRDY)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetStatus(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_ISR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetChannelStatus(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_CHSR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetInterruptMaskStatus(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_IMR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetLastConvertedData(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_LCDR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_CfgAnalogCtrlReg(pAcc,mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode) & 0xFFFCFF3C)==0, "ACC bad analog control config");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_ACR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_CfgExtModeReg(pAcc, extmode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((extmode) & 0xFF00FFFE)==0, "ACC bad extended mode config");\
|
||||
(pAcc)->ACC_EMR = (extmode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ACC_GetAnalogCtrlReg(pAcc) ((pAcc)->ACC_ACR)
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void ACC_Configure(Acc *pAcc,
|
||||
uint8_t idAcc,
|
||||
uint8_t selplus,
|
||||
uint8_t selminus,
|
||||
uint16_t ac_en,
|
||||
uint16_t edge,
|
||||
uint16_t invert);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t ACC_GetComparisionResult(Acc *pAcc,uint32_t status);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef ACC_H
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup adc_module Working with ADC
|
||||
* The ADC driver provides the interface to configure and use the ADC peripheral.
|
||||
* \n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It converts the analog input to digital format. The converted result could be
|
||||
* 12bit or 10bit. The ADC supports up to 16 analog lines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To Enable a ADC conversion,the user has to follow these few steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Select an appropriate reference voltage on ADVREF </li>
|
||||
* <li> Configure the ADC according to its requirements and special needs,which
|
||||
* could be broken down into several parts:
|
||||
* -# Select the resolution by setting or clearing ADC_MR_LOWRES bit in
|
||||
* ADC_MR (Mode Register)
|
||||
* -# Set ADC clock by setting ADC_MR_PRESCAL bits in ADC_MR, the clock is
|
||||
* calculated with ADCClock = MCK / ( (PRESCAL+1) * 2 )
|
||||
* -# Set Startup Time,Tracking Clock cycles and Transfer Clock respectively
|
||||
* in ADC_MR.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
* <li> Start conversion by setting ADC_CR_START in ADC_CR. </li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the ADC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref adc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref adc.h\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <adc/adc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initialize the ADC controller
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param trgEn trigger mode, software or Hardware
|
||||
* \param trgSel hardware trigger selection
|
||||
* \param sleepMode sleep mode selection
|
||||
* \param resolution resolution selection 10 bits or 12 bits
|
||||
* \param mckClock value of MCK in Hz
|
||||
* \param adcClock value of the ADC clock in Hz
|
||||
* \param startupTime value of the start up time (in ADCClock) (see datasheet)
|
||||
* \param trackingt Tracking Time (in ADCClock cycle)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADC_Initialize(Adc *pAdc, uint8_t idAdc, uint8_t trgEn, uint8_t trgSel,
|
||||
uint8_t sleepMode, uint8_t resolution, uint32_t mckClock,
|
||||
uint32_t adcClock, uint32_t startup, uint32_t tracking) {
|
||||
uint32_t prescal;
|
||||
prescal = (mckClock / (2*adcClock)) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT( (prescal<0x3F), "ADC Bad PRESCAL\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("adcClock:%lu MasterClock:%lu\n\r", (mckClock/((prescal+1)*2)),
|
||||
mckClock);
|
||||
|
||||
if( adcClock != (mckClock/((prescal+1)*2)) ) {
|
||||
TRACE_WARNING("User and calculated adcClocks are different : "
|
||||
"user=%lu calc=%lu\n\r",
|
||||
adcClock, (mckClock/((prescal+1)*2)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable peripheral clock*/
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = 1 << idAdc;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the controller */
|
||||
ADC_SoftReset(pAdc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to the MR register */
|
||||
ADC_CfgModeReg( pAdc,
|
||||
( trgEn & ADC_MR_TRGEN)
|
||||
| ( trgSel & ADC_MR_TRGSEL)
|
||||
| ( resolution & ADC_MR_LOWRES)
|
||||
| ( sleepMode & ADC_MR_SLEEP)
|
||||
| ( (prescal<<8) & ADC_MR_PRESCAL)
|
||||
| ( (startup<<16) & ADC_MR_STARTUP)
|
||||
| ( (tracking<<24) & ADC_MR_TRACKTIM) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the Channel Converted Data
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param channel channel to get converted value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_GetConvertedData(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t channel) {
|
||||
uint32_t data=0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (15 >= channel) {
|
||||
data = *((RoReg *)((uint32_t)&(pAdc->ADC_CDR0)+ channel*4));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set compare channel
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param channel channel number to be set,16 for all channels
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADC_SetCompareChannel(Adc *pAdc, uint8_t channel) {
|
||||
ASSERT(channel<=16, "Invalid channel number");
|
||||
if (channel < 16) {
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR &= ~(ADC_EMR_CMPALL);
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR &= ~(ADC_EMR_CMPSEL);
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR |= (channel << 4);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR |= ADC_EMR_CMPALL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set compare mode
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param mode compare mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADC_SetCompareMode(Adc *pAdc, uint8_t mode) {
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR &= ~(ADC_EMR_CMPMODE);
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_EMR |= mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set comparsion window,one thereshold each time
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param hi_lo Comparison Window
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ADC_SetComparisonWindow(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t hi_lo) {
|
||||
pAdc->ADC_CWR = hi_lo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Test if ADC Interrupt is Masked
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param flag flag to be tested
|
||||
* \return 1 if interrupt is masked, otherwise 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_IsInterruptMasked(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t flag) {
|
||||
return (ADC_GetInterruptMaskStatus(pAdc) & flag);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Test if ADC Status is Set
|
||||
* \param pAdc Pointer to an Adc instance.
|
||||
* \param flag flag to be tested
|
||||
* \return 1 if the staus is set; 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t ADC_IsStatusSet(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t flag) {
|
||||
return (ADC_GetStatus(pAdc) & flag);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Test if ADC channel interrupt Status is Set
|
||||
* \param adc_sr Value of SR register
|
||||
* \param channel Channel to be tested
|
||||
* \return 1 if interrupt status is set, otherwise 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t ADC_IsChannelInterruptStatusSet(uint32_t adc_sr, uint32_t channel) {
|
||||
uint8_t status;
|
||||
|
||||
if((adc_sr & (1<<channel)) == (1<<channel)) {
|
||||
status = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
status = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Read converted data through PDC channel
|
||||
* \param padc the pointer of adc peripheral
|
||||
* \param pBuffer the destination buffer
|
||||
* \param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int8_t ADC_ReadBuffer(Adc *pADC, int16_t *pBuffer, int32_t size) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the first PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
if ((pADC->ADC_RCR == 0) && (pADC->ADC_RNCR == 0)) {
|
||||
|
||||
pADC->ADC_RPR = (uint32_t) pBuffer;
|
||||
pADC->ADC_RCR = size;
|
||||
pADC->ADC_PTCR = ADC_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if the second PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (pADC->ADC_RNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
pADC->ADC_RNPR = (uint32_t) pBuffer;
|
||||
pADC->ADC_RNCR = size;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \unit
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Configurate the pins for ADC
|
||||
* -# Initialize the ADC with ADC_Initialize().
|
||||
* -# Select the active channel using ADC_EnableChannel()
|
||||
* -# Start the conversion with ADC_StartConversion()
|
||||
* -# Wait the end of the conversion by polling status with ADC_GetStatus()
|
||||
* -# Finally, get the converted data using ADC_GetConvertedData()
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ADC_H
|
||||
#define ADC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_0 0
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_1 1
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_2 2
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_3 3
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_4 4
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_5 5
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_6 6
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_7 7
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_8 8
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_9 9
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_10 10
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_11 11
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_12 12
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_13 13
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_14 14
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL_15 15
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros function of register access
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CfgModeReg(pAdc, mode) { \
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode)&0xF00000C0)== 0, "ADC Bad configuration ADC MR");\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_MR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetModeReg(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_MR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_StartConversion(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_CR = ADC_CR_START)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_SoftReset(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_CR = ADC_CR_SWRST)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_EnableChannel(pAdc, channel) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(channel < 16, "ADC Channel not exist");\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_CHER = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_DisableChannel (pAdc, channel) {\
|
||||
ASSERT((channel) < 16, "ADC Channel not exist");\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_CHDR = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_EnableIt(pAdc, mode) {\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_IER = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_DisableIt(pAdc, mode) {\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_IDR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_EnbaleTS(pAdc,mode) {\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_ACR |= mode;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_EnableDataReadyIt(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_IER = AT91C_ADC_DRDY)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetStatus(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_ISR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetCompareMode(pAdc) (((pAdc)->ADC_EMR)& (ADC_EMR_CMPMODE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetChannelStatus(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_CHSR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetInterruptMaskStatus(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_IMR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetLastConvertedData(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_LCDR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_CfgAnalogCtrlReg(pAdc,mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode) & 0xFFFCFF3C)==0, "ADC bad analog control config");\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_ACR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_CfgExtModeReg(pAdc, extmode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((extmode) & 0xFF00FFFE)==0, "ADC bad extended mode config");\
|
||||
(pAdc)->ADC_EMR = (extmode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_GetAnalogCtrlReg(pAdc) ((pAdc)->ADC_ACR)
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void ADC_Initialize (Adc *pAdc,
|
||||
uint8_t idAdc,
|
||||
uint8_t trgEn,
|
||||
uint8_t trgSel,
|
||||
uint8_t sleepMode,
|
||||
uint8_t resolution,
|
||||
uint32_t mckClock,
|
||||
uint32_t adcClock,
|
||||
uint32_t startupTime,
|
||||
uint32_t sampleAndHoldTime);
|
||||
extern uint32_t ADC_GetConvertedData(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t channel);
|
||||
extern void ADC_SetCompareChannel(Adc *pAdc, uint8_t channel);
|
||||
extern void ADC_SetCompareMode(Adc *pAdc, uint8_t mode);
|
||||
extern void ADC_SetComparisonWindow(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t hi_lo);
|
||||
extern uint32_t ADC_IsInterruptMasked(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t flag);
|
||||
extern uint32_t ADC_IsStatusSet(Adc *pAdc, uint32_t flag);
|
||||
extern uint8_t ADC_IsChannelInterruptStatusSet(uint32_t adc_sr,
|
||||
uint32_t channel);
|
||||
extern int8_t ADC_ReadBuffer(Adc *pADC,int16_t *pBuffer,int32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef ADC_H
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Provide a routine for asynchronos transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "async.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns 1 if the given transfer has ended; otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
* \param pAsync Pointer to an Async instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t ASYNC_IsFinished(Async *pAsync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (pAsync->status != ASYNC_STATUS_PENDING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Provide a routine for asynchronos transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ASYNC_H
|
||||
#define ASYNC_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definition
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** Transfer is still pending.*/
|
||||
#define ASYNC_STATUS_PENDING 0xFF
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Type
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** Asynchronous transfer descriptor. */
|
||||
typedef struct _Async {
|
||||
|
||||
/** Asynchronous transfer status.*/
|
||||
volatile uint8_t status;
|
||||
/** Callback function to invoke when transfer completes or fails.*/
|
||||
void *callback;
|
||||
/** Driver storage area; do not use.*/
|
||||
uint32_t pStorage[4];
|
||||
} Async;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern uint8_t ASYNC_IsFinished(Async *pAsync);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef ASYNC_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup crccu_module Working with CRCCU
|
||||
* The CRCCU driver provides the interface to configure and use the CRCCU
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It performs a CRC computation on a Memory Area. CRC computation is performed
|
||||
* from the LSB to MSB bit. Three different polynomials are available:
|
||||
* CCIT802.3, CASTAGNOLI and CCIT16.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To computes CRC of a buffer, the user has to follow these few steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Reset initial CRC by setting RESET bit in CRCCU_CRC_CR,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Configure CRC descriptor and working mode,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Start to compute CRC by setting DMAEN in CRCCU_DMA_EN,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Get CRC value in CRCCU_CRC_SR.</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the CRCCU section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref crccu.c\n
|
||||
* \ref crccu.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Cyclic Redundancy Check Calculation Unit (CRCCU).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "crccu.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define CRCCU_TIMEOUT 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reset initial CRC to 0xFFFFFFFF.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void CRCCU_ResetCrcValue(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Crccu *pCrccu = CRCCU;
|
||||
|
||||
pCrccu->CRCCU_CR = CRCCU_CR_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configure the CRCCU.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dscrAddr CRC decscriptor address.
|
||||
* \param mode CRC work mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void CRCCU_Configure(uint32_t dscrAddr, uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Crccu *pCrccu = CRCCU;
|
||||
|
||||
pCrccu->CRCCU_DSCR = dscrAddr;
|
||||
pCrccu->CRCCU_MR = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Start to compute the CRC of a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The CRC of the buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t CRCCU_ComputeCrc(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Crccu *pCrccu = CRCCU;
|
||||
uint32_t timeout = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
pCrccu->CRCCU_DMA_EN = CRCCU_DMA_EN_DMAEN;
|
||||
while (((pCrccu->CRCCU_DMA_SR & CRCCU_DMA_SR_DMASR) == CRCCU_DMA_SR_DMASR)
|
||||
&& (timeout++ < CRCCU_TIMEOUT));
|
||||
|
||||
return (pCrccu->CRCCU_SR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Compare the CRC of a buffer is match to reference CRC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return if 0 CRC is match, else dismatch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t CRCCU_CompareCrc(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Crccu *pCrccu = CRCCU;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pCrccu->CRCCU_ISR & CRCCU_ISR_ERRISR) == CRCCU_ISR_ERRISR) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for Cyclic Redundancy Check Calculation Unit (CRCCU).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CRCCU_H
|
||||
#define CRCCU_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned int TR_ADDR;
|
||||
unsigned int TR_CTRL;
|
||||
unsigned int reserved[2];
|
||||
unsigned int TR_CRC;
|
||||
} CrcDscr;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void CRCCU_ResetCrcValue(void);
|
||||
void CRCCU_Configure(uint32_t dscrAddr, uint32_t mode);
|
||||
uint32_t CRCCU_ComputeCrc(void);
|
||||
uint32_t CRCCU_CompareCrc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef CRCCU_H */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup dacc_module Working with DACC
|
||||
* The DACC driver provides the interface to configure and use the DACC peripheral.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The DACC(Digital-to-Analog Converter Controller) converts digital code to analog output.
|
||||
* The data to be converted are sent in a common register for all channels. It offers up to 2
|
||||
* analog outputs.The output voltage ranges from (1/6)ADVREF to (5/6)ADVREF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To Enable a DACC conversion,the user has to follow these few steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Select an appropriate reference voltage on ADVREF </li>
|
||||
* <li> Configure the DACC according to its requirements and special needs,which could be
|
||||
broken down into several parts:
|
||||
* -# Enable DACC in free running mode by clearing TRGEN in DACC_MR;
|
||||
* -# Configure Startup Time and Refresh Period through setting STARTUP and REFRESH fields
|
||||
* in DACC_MR; The refresh mechanism is used to protect the output analog value from
|
||||
* decreasing.
|
||||
* -# Enable channels and write digital code to DACC_CDR,in free running mode, the conversion
|
||||
* is started right after at least one channel is enabled and data is written .
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the DACC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref DACC.c\n
|
||||
* \ref DACC.h\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <dacc/dacc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initialize the DACC controller
|
||||
* \param pDACC Pointer to an DACC instance.
|
||||
* \param idDACC identifier of DAC peripheral
|
||||
* \param trgEn trigger mode, free running mode or external Hardware trigger
|
||||
* \param word transfer size,word or half word
|
||||
* \param trgSel hardware trigger selection
|
||||
* \param sleepMode sleep mode selection
|
||||
* \param mck value of MCK in Hz
|
||||
* \param refresh refresh period
|
||||
* \param user_sel user channel selection ,0 or 1
|
||||
* \param startup value of the start up time (in DACCClock) (see datasheet)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DACC_Initialize (Dacc *pDACC,
|
||||
uint8_t idDACC,
|
||||
uint8_t trgEn,
|
||||
uint8_t trgSel,
|
||||
uint8_t word,
|
||||
uint8_t sleepMode,
|
||||
uint32_t mck,
|
||||
uint8_t refresh,/*refresh period*/
|
||||
uint8_t user_sel,/*user channel selection*/
|
||||
uint32_t startup
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(1024*refresh*1000/(mck/2)<20,"Refresh preriod is too big!");
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable peripheral clock*/
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = 1 << idDACC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the controller */
|
||||
DACC_SoftReset(pDACC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to the MR register */
|
||||
DACC_CfgModeReg( pDACC,
|
||||
( trgEn & DACC_MR_TRGEN)
|
||||
| ( trgSel & DACC_MR_TRGSEL)
|
||||
| ( word & DACC_MR_WORD)
|
||||
| ( sleepMode & DACC_MR_SLEEP)
|
||||
| ( (refresh<<8) & DACC_MR_REFRESH)
|
||||
| ( (user_sel<<16)& DACC_MR_USER_SEL)
|
||||
| ( (startup<<24) & DACC_MR_STARTUP));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the Conversion Data
|
||||
* \param pDACC Pointer to an Dacc instance.
|
||||
* \param channel channel to get converted value
|
||||
* \return Channel converted data of the specified channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DACC_SetConversionData(Dacc *pDACC, uint32_t data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t mr = pDACC->DACC_MR;
|
||||
|
||||
if(mr & DACC_MR_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_CDR = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_CDR = (data&0xFFFF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Write converted data through PDC channel
|
||||
* \param pDACC the pointer of DACC peripheral
|
||||
* \param pBuffer the destination buffer
|
||||
* \param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int8_t DACC_WriteBuffer(Dacc *pDACC,int16_t *pBuffer,int32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the first PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
if ((pDACC->DACC_TCR == 0) && (pDACC->DACC_TNCR == 0)) {
|
||||
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_TPR = (uint32_t) pBuffer;
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_TCR = size;
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_PTCR = DACC_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if the second PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (pDACC->DACC_TNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_TNPR = (uint32_t) pBuffer;
|
||||
pDACC->DACC_TNCR = size;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \unit
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Analog-to-Digital Converter (DACC) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Configurate the pins for DACC
|
||||
* -# Initialize the DACC with DACC_Initialize().
|
||||
* -# Select the active channel using DACC_EnableChannel()
|
||||
* -# Start the conversion with DACC_StartConversion()
|
||||
* -# Wait the end of the conversion by polling status with DACC_GetStatus()
|
||||
* -# Finally, get the converted data using DACC_GetConvertedData()
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef DACC_H
|
||||
#define DACC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define DACC_CHANNEL_0 0
|
||||
#define DACC_CHANNEL_1 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros function of register access
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define DACC_CfgModeReg(pDACC, mode) { \
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_MR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetModeReg(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_MR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_StartConversion(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_CR = DACC_CR_START)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_SoftReset(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_CR = DACC_CR_SWRST)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_EnableChannel(pDACC, channel) {\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_CHER = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_DisableChannel (pDACC, channel) {\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_CHDR = (1 << (channel));\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_EnableIt(pDACC, mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode)&0xFFF00000)== 0, "DACC bad interrupt IER");\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_IER = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_DisableIt(pDACC, mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode)&0xFFF00000)== 0, "DACC bad interrupt IDR");\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_IDR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_EnableDataReadyIt(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_IER = AT91C_DACC_DRDY)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetStatus(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_ISR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetChannelStatus(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_CHSR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetInterruptMaskStatus(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_IMR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetLastConvertedData(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_LCDR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_CfgAnalogCtrlReg(pDACC,mode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((mode) & 0xFFFCFF3C)==0, "DACC bad analog control config");\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_ACR = (mode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_CfgExtModeReg(pDACC, extmode) {\
|
||||
ASSERT(((extmode) & 0xFF00FFFE)==0, "DACC bad extended mode config");\
|
||||
(pDACC)->DACC_EMR = (extmode);\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DACC_GetAnalogCtrlReg(pDACC) ((pDACC)->DACC_ACR)
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void DACC_Initialize (Dacc *pDACC,
|
||||
uint8_t idDACC,
|
||||
uint8_t trgEn,
|
||||
uint8_t trgSel,
|
||||
uint8_t word,
|
||||
uint8_t sleepMode,
|
||||
uint32_t mck,
|
||||
uint8_t refresh,/*refresh period*/
|
||||
uint8_t user_sel,/*user channel selection*/
|
||||
uint32_t startup
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extern void DACC_SetConversionData(Dacc *pDACC, uint32_t data);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef DACC_H
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup efc_module Working with Enhanced Embedded Flash
|
||||
* The EEFC driver provides the interface to configure and use the EEFC
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The user needs to set the number of wait states depending on the frequency used.\n
|
||||
* Configure number of cycles for flash read/write operations in the FWS field of EEFC_FMR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It offers a function to send flash command to EEFC and waits for the
|
||||
* flash to be ready.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To send flash command, the user could do in either of following way:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Write a correct key, command and argument in EEFC_FCR. </li>
|
||||
* <li>Or, Use IAP (In Application Programming) function which is executed from
|
||||
* ROM directly, this allows flash programming to be done by code running in flash.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Once the command is achieved, it can be detected even by polling EEFC_FSR or interrupt.
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The command argument could be a page number,GPNVM number or nothing, it depends on
|
||||
* the command itself. Some useful functions in this driver could help user tranlate physical
|
||||
* flash address into a page number and vice verse.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the EEFC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref efc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref efc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Emhance embedded Flash (EEFC) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "efc.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the flash ready interrupt source on the EEFC peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EFC_EnableFrdyIt(Efc *efc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
efc->EEFC_FMR |= EEFC_FMR_FRDY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the flash ready interrupt source on the EEFC peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void EFC_DisableFrdyIt(Efc *efc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
efc->EEFC_FMR &= ~EEFC_FMR_FRDY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set read/write wait state on the EEFC perpherial.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
* \param cycles the number of wait states in cycle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void EFC_SetWaitState(Efc *efc, uint8_t cycles)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t value;
|
||||
value = efc->EEFC_FMR;
|
||||
value &= ~EEFC_FMR_FWS;
|
||||
value |= cycles << 8;
|
||||
efc->EEFC_FMR = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the current status of the EEFC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Keep in mind that this function clears the value of some status bits (LOCKE, PROGE).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t EFC_GetStatus(Efc *efc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return efc->EEFC_FSR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the result of the last executed command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t EFC_GetResult(Efc *efc) {
|
||||
|
||||
return efc->EEFC_FRR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Translates the given address page and offset values.
|
||||
* \note The resulting values are stored in the provided variables if they are not null.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
* \param address Address to translate.
|
||||
* \param pPage First page accessed.
|
||||
* \param pOffset Byte offset in first page.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EFC_TranslateAddress(
|
||||
Efc **efc,
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
unsigned short *pPage,
|
||||
unsigned short *pOffset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
unsigned short page;
|
||||
unsigned short offset;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(address >= AT91C_IFLASH);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(address <= (AT91C_IFLASH + AT91C_IFLASH_SIZE));
|
||||
|
||||
pEfc = EFC;
|
||||
page = (address - AT91C_IFLASH) / AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
offset = (address - AT91C_IFLASH) % AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Translated 0x%08X to page=%d and offset=%d\n\r", address, page, offset);
|
||||
// Store values
|
||||
if (pEfc) {
|
||||
*efc = pEfc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pPage) {
|
||||
*pPage = page;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pOffset) {
|
||||
*pOffset = offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Computes the address of a flash access given the page and offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
* \param page Page number.
|
||||
* \param offset Byte offset inside page.
|
||||
* \param pAddress Computed address (optional).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EFC_ComputeAddress(
|
||||
Efc *efc,
|
||||
unsigned short page,
|
||||
unsigned short offset,
|
||||
uint32_t *pAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t address;
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(efc);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(page <= AT91C_IFLASH_NB_OF_PAGES);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(offset < AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
|
||||
// Compute address
|
||||
address = AT91C_IFLASH + page * AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE + offset;
|
||||
// Store result
|
||||
if (pAddress) {
|
||||
*pAddress = address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Starts the executing the given command on the EEFC and returns as soon as the command is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note It does NOT set the FMCN field automatically.
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
* \param command Command to execute.
|
||||
* \param argument Command argument (should be 0 if not used).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EFC_StartCommand(Efc *efc, uint8_t command, unsigned short argument)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check command & argument
|
||||
switch (command) {
|
||||
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_WP:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_WPL:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_EWP:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_EWPL:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_SLB:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_CLB:
|
||||
ASSERT(argument < AT91C_IFLASH_NB_OF_PAGES,
|
||||
"-F- Embedded flash has only %d pages\n\r",
|
||||
AT91C_IFLASH_NB_OF_PAGES);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_SFB:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_CFB:
|
||||
ASSERT(argument < 2, "-F- Embedded flash has only %d GPNVMs\n\r", 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_GETD:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_EA:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_GLB:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_GFB:
|
||||
case EFC_FCMD_STUI:
|
||||
ASSERT(argument == 0, "-F- Argument is meaningless for the given command.\n\r");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default: ASSERT(0, "-F- Unknown command %d\n\r", command);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Start command Embedded flash
|
||||
ASSERT((efc->EEFC_FSR & EEFC_FMR_FRDY) == EEFC_FMR_FRDY, "-F- EEFC is not ready\n\r");
|
||||
efc->EEFC_FCR = (0x5A << 24) | (argument << 8) | command;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Performs the given command and wait until its completion (or an error).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param efc Pointer to a Efc instance
|
||||
* \param command Command to perform.
|
||||
* \param argument Optional command argument.
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t EFC_PerformCommand(Efc *efc, uint8_t command, unsigned short argument)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(flash) || defined(USE_IAP_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Pointer on IAP function in ROM
|
||||
static uint32_t (*IAP_PerformCommand)(uint32_t, uint32_t);
|
||||
IAP_PerformCommand = (uint32_t (*)(uint32_t, uint32_t)) *((uint32_t *) CHIP_FLASH_IAP_ADDRESS);
|
||||
IAP_PerformCommand(0, (0x5A << 24) | (argument << 8) | command);
|
||||
return (efc->EEFC_FSR & (EEFC_FSR_FLOCKE | EEFC_FSR_FCMDE));
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
uint32_t status;
|
||||
efc->EEFC_FCR = (0x5A << 24) | (argument << 8) | command;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
|
||||
status = efc->EEFC_FSR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((status & EEFC_FSR_FRDY) != EEFC_FSR_FRDY);
|
||||
|
||||
return (status & (EEFC_FSR_FLOCKE | EEFC_FSR_FCMDE));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Enhanced Embedded Flash Controller (EEFC) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Enable/disable %flash ready interrupt sources using EFC_EnableFrdyIt()
|
||||
* and EFC_DisableFrdyIt().
|
||||
* -# Translates the given address into which EEFC, page and offset values
|
||||
* for difference density %flash memory using EFC_TranslateAddress().
|
||||
* -# Computes the address of a %flash access given the EFC, page and offset
|
||||
* for difference density %flash memory using EFC_ComputeAddress().
|
||||
* -# Start the executing command with EFC_StartCommand()
|
||||
* -# Retrieve the current status of the EFC using EFC_GetStatus().
|
||||
* -# Retrieve the result of the last executed command with EFC_GetResult().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EFC_H
|
||||
#define EFC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* EFC command */
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_GETD 0x00
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_WP 0x01
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_WPL 0x02
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_EWP 0x03
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_EWPL 0x04
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_EA 0x05
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_SLB 0x08
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_CLB 0x09
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_GLB 0x0A
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_SFB 0x0B
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_CFB 0x0C
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_GFB 0x0D
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_STUI 0x0E
|
||||
#define EFC_FCMD_SPUI 0x0F
|
||||
|
||||
/* The IAP function entry addreass */
|
||||
#define CHIP_FLASH_IAP_ADDRESS (0x00800008)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_EnableFrdyIt(Efc *efc);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_DisableFrdyIt(Efc *efc);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_SetWaitState(Efc *efc, uint8_t cycles);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_TranslateAddress(
|
||||
Efc **pEfc,
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
unsigned short *pPage,
|
||||
unsigned short *pOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_ComputeAddress(
|
||||
Efc *efc,
|
||||
unsigned short page,
|
||||
unsigned short offset,
|
||||
uint32_t *pAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void EFC_StartCommand(
|
||||
Efc *efc,
|
||||
uint8_t command,
|
||||
unsigned short argument);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t EFC_PerformCommand(
|
||||
Efc *efc,
|
||||
uint8_t command,
|
||||
unsigned short argument);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t EFC_GetStatus(Efc *efc);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t EFC_GetResult(Efc *efc);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef EFC_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup flashd_module Flash Memory Interface
|
||||
* The flash driver manages the programming, erasing, locking and unlocking sequences
|
||||
* with dedicated commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To implement flash programing operation, the user has to follow these few steps :
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Configue flash wait states to initializes the flash. </li>
|
||||
* <li>Checks whether a region to be programmed is locked. </li>
|
||||
* <li>Unlocks the user region to be programmed if the region have locked before.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Erases the user page before program (optional).</li>
|
||||
* <li>Writes the user page from the page buffer.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Locks the region of programmed area if any.</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Writing 8-bit and 16-bit data is not allowed and may lead to unpredictable data corruption.
|
||||
* A check of this validity and padding for 32-bit alignment should be done in write algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
* Lock/unlock range associated with the user address range is automatically translated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This security bit can be enabled through the command "Set General Purpose NVM Bit 0".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A 128-bit factory programmed unique ID could be read to serve several purposes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The driver accesses the flash memory by calling the lowlevel module provided in \ref efc_module.
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the EEFC section of the Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref flashd.c\n
|
||||
* \ref flashd.h.\n
|
||||
* \ref efc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref efc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The flash driver provides the unified interface for flash program operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "flashd.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <efc/efc.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/math.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Computes the lock range associated with the given address range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param start Start address of lock range.
|
||||
* \param end End address of lock range.
|
||||
* \param pActualStart Actual start address of lock range.
|
||||
* \param pActualEnd Actual end address of lock range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ComputeLockRange(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualStart,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualEnd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pStartEfc, *pEndEfc;
|
||||
uint16_t startPage, endPage;
|
||||
uint16_t numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
uint16_t actualStartPage, actualEndPage;
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert start and end address in page numbers
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pStartEfc, start, &startPage, 0);
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEndEfc, end, &endPage, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find out the first page of the first region to lock
|
||||
numPagesInRegion = AT91C_IFLASH_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
actualStartPage = startPage - (startPage % numPagesInRegion);
|
||||
actualEndPage = endPage;
|
||||
if ((endPage % numPagesInRegion) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
actualEndPage += numPagesInRegion - (endPage % numPagesInRegion);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Store actual page numbers
|
||||
EFC_ComputeAddress(pStartEfc, actualStartPage, 0, pActualStart);
|
||||
EFC_ComputeAddress(pEndEfc, actualEndPage, 0, pActualEnd);
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Actual lock range is 0x%06X - 0x%06X\n\r", *pActualStart, *pActualEnd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes the flash driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mck Master clock frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void FLASHD_Initialize(uint32_t mck)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EFC_DisableFrdyIt(EFC);
|
||||
if ((mck/1000000) >= 64) {
|
||||
EFC_SetWaitState(EFC, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((mck/1000000) >= 50) {
|
||||
EFC_SetWaitState(EFC, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
EFC_SetWaitState(EFC, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Erases the entire flash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param address Flash start address.
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful; otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_Erase(uint32_t address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
uint16_t page;
|
||||
uint16_t offset;
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address >=AT91C_IFLASH) || (address <= (AT91C_IFLASH + AT91C_IFLASH_SIZE)));
|
||||
// Translate write address
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEfc, address, &page, &offset);
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(pEfc, EFC_FCMD_EA, 0);
|
||||
return error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t pPageBuffer[AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Writes a data buffer in the internal flash
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function works in polling mode, and thus only returns when the
|
||||
* data has been effectively written.
|
||||
* \param address Write address.
|
||||
* \param pBuffer Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param size Size of data buffer in bytes.
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_Write(
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
const void *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
uint16_t page;
|
||||
uint16_t offset;
|
||||
uint32_t writeSize;
|
||||
uint32_t pageAddress;
|
||||
uint16_t padding;
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t sizeTmp;
|
||||
uint32_t *pAlignedDestination;
|
||||
uint32_t *pAlignedSource;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pBuffer);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(address >=AT91C_IFLASH);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address + size) <= (AT91C_IFLASH + AT91C_IFLASH_SIZE));
|
||||
// Translate write address
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEfc, address, &page, &offset);
|
||||
|
||||
// Write all pages
|
||||
while (size > 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data in temporary buffer to avoid alignment problems
|
||||
writeSize = min(AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE - offset, size);
|
||||
EFC_ComputeAddress(pEfc, page, 0, &pageAddress);
|
||||
padding = AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE - offset - writeSize;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pre-buffer data
|
||||
memcpy(pPageBuffer, (void *) pageAddress, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
// Buffer data
|
||||
memcpy(pPageBuffer + offset, pBuffer, writeSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// Post-buffer data
|
||||
memcpy(pPageBuffer + offset + writeSize, (void *) (pageAddress + offset + writeSize), padding);
|
||||
|
||||
// Write page
|
||||
// Writing 8-bit and 16-bit data is not allowed
|
||||
// and may lead to unpredictable data corruption
|
||||
pAlignedDestination = (uint32_t*)pageAddress;
|
||||
pAlignedSource = (uint32_t*)pPageBuffer;
|
||||
sizeTmp = AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
while (sizeTmp >= 4) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pAlignedDestination++ = *pAlignedSource++;
|
||||
sizeTmp -= 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send writing command
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(pEfc, EFC_FCMD_EWP, page);
|
||||
if (error) {
|
||||
|
||||
return error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Progression
|
||||
address += AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
pBuffer = (void *) ((uint32_t) pBuffer + writeSize);
|
||||
size -= writeSize;
|
||||
page++;
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Locks all the regions in the given address range. The actual lock range is
|
||||
* reported through two output parameters.
|
||||
* \param address Start address of lock range.
|
||||
* \param end End address of lock range.
|
||||
* \param pActualStart Start address of the actual lock range (optional).
|
||||
* \param pActualEnd End address of the actual lock range (optional).
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_Lock(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualStart,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualEnd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
uint32_t actualStart, actualEnd;
|
||||
uint16_t startPage, endPage;
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint16_t numPagesInRegion = AT91C_IFLASH_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute actual lock range and store it
|
||||
ComputeLockRange(start, end, &actualStart, &actualEnd);
|
||||
if (pActualStart) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pActualStart = actualStart;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pActualEnd) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pActualEnd = actualEnd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute page numbers
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEfc, actualStart, &startPage, 0);
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(0, actualEnd, &endPage, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Lock all pages
|
||||
while (startPage < endPage) {
|
||||
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(pEfc, EFC_FCMD_SLB, startPage);
|
||||
if (error) {
|
||||
|
||||
return error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
startPage += numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Unlocks all the regions in the given address range. The actual unlock range is
|
||||
* reported through two output parameters.
|
||||
* \param address Start address of unlock range.
|
||||
* \param end End address of unlock range.
|
||||
* \param pActualStart Start address of the actual unlock range (optional).
|
||||
* \param pActualEnd End address of the actual unlock range (optional).
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_Unlock(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualStart,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualEnd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
uint32_t actualStart, actualEnd;
|
||||
uint16_t startPage, endPage;
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint16_t numPagesInRegion = AT91C_IFLASH_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute actual unlock range and store it
|
||||
ComputeLockRange(start, end, &actualStart, &actualEnd);
|
||||
if (pActualStart) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pActualStart = actualStart;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pActualEnd) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pActualEnd = actualEnd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute page numbers
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEfc, actualStart, &startPage, 0);
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(0, actualEnd, &endPage, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Unlock all pages
|
||||
while (startPage < endPage) {
|
||||
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(pEfc, EFC_FCMD_CLB, startPage);
|
||||
if (error) {
|
||||
|
||||
return error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
startPage += numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the number of locked regions inside the given address range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param address Start address of range
|
||||
* \param end End address of range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_IsLocked(uint32_t start, uint32_t end)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Efc *pEfc;
|
||||
uint16_t startPage, endPage;
|
||||
uint8_t startRegion, endRegion;
|
||||
uint32_t numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
uint32_t status;
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint32_t numLockedRegions = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(end >= start);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((start >=AT91C_IFLASH) && (end <= AT91C_IFLASH + AT91C_IFLASH_SIZE));
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute page numbers
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(&pEfc, start, &startPage, 0);
|
||||
EFC_TranslateAddress(0, end, &endPage, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute region numbers
|
||||
numPagesInRegion = AT91C_IFLASH_LOCK_REGION_SIZE / AT91C_IFLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
startRegion = startPage / numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
endRegion = endPage / numPagesInRegion;
|
||||
if ((endPage % numPagesInRegion) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
endRegion++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Retrieve lock status
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(pEfc, EFC_FCMD_GLB, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- Error while trying to fetch lock bits status (0x%02X)\n\r", error);
|
||||
status = EFC_GetResult(pEfc);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check status of each involved region
|
||||
while (startRegion < endRegion) {
|
||||
|
||||
if ((status & (1 << startRegion)) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
numLockedRegions++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
startRegion++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return numLockedRegions;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if the given GPNVM bit is set or not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param gpnvm GPNVM bit index.
|
||||
* \returns 1 if the given GPNVM bit is currently set; otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_IsGPNVMSet(uint8_t gpnvm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint32_t status;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(gpnvm < 2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get GPNVMs status
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(EFC, EFC_FCMD_GFB, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- Error while trying to fetch GPNVMs status (0x%02X)\n\r", error);
|
||||
status = EFC_GetResult(EFC);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if GPNVM is set
|
||||
if ((status & (1 << gpnvm)) != 0) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the selected GPNVM bit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param gpnvm GPNVM bit index.
|
||||
* \returns 0 if successful; otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_SetGPNVM(uint8_t gpnvm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(gpnvm < 2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!FLASHD_IsGPNVMSet(gpnvm)) {
|
||||
|
||||
return EFC_PerformCommand(EFC, EFC_FCMD_SFB, gpnvm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Clears the selected GPNVM bit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param gpnvm GPNVM bit index.
|
||||
* \returns 0 if successful; otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_ClearGPNVM(uint8_t gpnvm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(gpnvm < 2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (FLASHD_IsGPNVMSet(gpnvm)) {
|
||||
|
||||
return EFC_PerformCommand(EFC, EFC_FCMD_CFB, gpnvm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Read the unique ID.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param uniqueID pointer on a 4bytes char containing the unique ID value.
|
||||
* \returns 0 if successful; otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t FLASHD_ReadUniqueID (uint32_t * uniqueID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(uniqueID != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
uniqueID[0] = 0;
|
||||
uniqueID[1] = 0;
|
||||
uniqueID[2] = 0;
|
||||
uniqueID[3] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
EFC_StartCommand(EFC, EFC_FCMD_STUI, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
uniqueID[0] = *(uint32_t *)AT91C_IFLASH;
|
||||
uniqueID[1] = *(uint32_t *)(AT91C_IFLASH + 4);
|
||||
uniqueID[2] = *(uint32_t *)(AT91C_IFLASH + 8);
|
||||
uniqueID[3] = *(uint32_t *)(AT91C_IFLASH + 12);
|
||||
|
||||
error = EFC_PerformCommand(EFC, EFC_FCMD_SPUI, 0);
|
||||
if (error) return error;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The flash driver provides the unified interface for flash program operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FLASHD_H
|
||||
#define FLASHD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void FLASHD_Initialize(uint32_t mck);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_Erase(uint32_t address);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_Write(
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
const void *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_Lock(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualStart,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualEnd);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_Unlock(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualStart,
|
||||
uint32_t *pActualEnd);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_IsLocked(
|
||||
uint32_t start,
|
||||
uint32_t end);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_SetGPNVM(uint8_t gpnvm);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_ClearGPNVM(uint8_t gpnvm);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_IsGPNVMSet(uint8_t gpnvm);
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLASHD_IsSecurityBitSet() FLASHD_IsGPNVMSet(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLASHD_SetSecurityBit() FLASHD_SetGPNVM(0)
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t FLASHD_ReadUniqueID(uint32_t * uniqueID);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef FLASHD_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef COLOR_H
|
||||
#define COLOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RGB 24-bits color table definition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* RGB 24 Bpp
|
||||
* RGB 888
|
||||
* R7R6R5R4 R3R2R1R0 G7G6G5G4 G3G2G1G0 B7B6B5B4 B3B2B1B0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define COLOR_BLACK 0x000000
|
||||
#define COLOR_WHITE 0xFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLOR_BLUE 0x0000FF
|
||||
#define COLOR_GREEN 0x00FF00
|
||||
#define COLOR_RED 0xFF0000
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLOR_NAVY 0x000080
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKBLUE 0x00008B
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKGREEN 0x006400
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKCYAN 0x008B8B
|
||||
#define COLOR_CYAN 0x00FFFF
|
||||
#define COLOR_TURQUOISE 0x40E0D0
|
||||
#define COLOR_INDIGO 0x4B0082
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKRED 0x800000
|
||||
#define COLOR_OLIVE 0x808000
|
||||
#define COLOR_GRAY 0x808080
|
||||
#define COLOR_SKYBLUE 0x87CEEB
|
||||
#define COLOR_BLUEVIOLET 0x8A2BE2
|
||||
#define COLOR_LIGHTGREEN 0x90EE90
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKVIOLET 0x9400D3
|
||||
#define COLOR_YELLOWGREEN 0x9ACD32
|
||||
#define COLOR_BROWN 0xA52A2A
|
||||
#define COLOR_DARKGRAY 0xA9A9A9
|
||||
#define COLOR_SIENNA 0xA0522D
|
||||
#define COLOR_LIGHTBLUE 0xADD8E6
|
||||
#define COLOR_GREENYELLOW 0xADFF2F
|
||||
#define COLOR_SILVER 0xC0C0C0
|
||||
#define COLOR_LIGHTGREY 0xD3D3D3
|
||||
#define COLOR_LIGHTCYAN 0xE0FFFF
|
||||
#define COLOR_VIOLET 0xEE82EE
|
||||
#define COLOR_AZUR 0xF0FFFF
|
||||
#define COLOR_BEIGE 0xF5F5DC
|
||||
#define COLOR_MAGENTA 0xFF00FF
|
||||
#define COLOR_TOMATO 0xFF6347
|
||||
#define COLOR_GOLD 0xFFD700
|
||||
#define COLOR_ORANGE 0xFFA500
|
||||
#define COLOR_SNOW 0xFFFAFA
|
||||
#define COLOR_YELLOW 0xFFFF00
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #define COLOR_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of draw function on LCD, Include draw text, image
|
||||
* and basic shapes (line, rectangle, circle).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "draw.h"
|
||||
#include "font.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <ili9325/ili9325.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Fills the given LCD buffer with a particular color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param color Fill color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_Fill(uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(0, 0);
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (BOARD_LCD_WIDTH * BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT); i++) {
|
||||
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM(color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Draw a pixel on LCD of given color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of pixel.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of pixel.
|
||||
* \param color Pixel color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawPixel(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(x, y);
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM(color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Read a pixel from LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of pixel.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of pixel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return color Readed pixel color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LCDD_ReadPixel(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t color;
|
||||
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(x, y);
|
||||
LCD_ReadRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
color = LCD_ReadRAM();
|
||||
|
||||
return color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* \brief Draw a line on LCD, horizontal and vertical line are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of line start.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of line start.
|
||||
* \param length line length.
|
||||
* \param direction line direction: 0 - horizontal, 1 - vertical.
|
||||
* \param color Pixel color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawLine(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t length,
|
||||
uint32_t direction,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(x, y);
|
||||
|
||||
if(direction == DIRECTION_HLINE) {
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < length; i++) {
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM(color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < length; i++) {
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM(color);
|
||||
y++;
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* \brief Draws a rectangle on LCD, at the given coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of upper-left rectangle corner.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of upper-left rectangle corner.
|
||||
* \param width Rectangle width in pixels.
|
||||
* \param height Rectangle height in pixels.
|
||||
* \param color Rectangle color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawRectangle(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCDD_DrawLine(x, y, width, DIRECTION_HLINE, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawLine(x, (y + height), width, DIRECTION_HLINE, color);
|
||||
|
||||
LCDD_DrawLine(x, y, height, DIRECTION_VLINE, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawLine((x + width), y, height, DIRECTION_VLINE, color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* \brief Draws a rectangle with fill inside on LCD, at the given coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of upper-left rectangle corner.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of upper-left rectangle corner.
|
||||
* \param width Rectangle width in pixels.
|
||||
* \param height Rectangle height in pixels.
|
||||
* \param color Rectangle color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawRectangleWithFill(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
|
||||
LCDD_DrawLine(x, y+i, width, DIRECTION_HLINE, color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Draws a circle on LCD, at the given coordinates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of circle center.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of circle center.
|
||||
* \param r circle radius.
|
||||
* \param color circle color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawCircle(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t r,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed int d; /* Decision Variable */
|
||||
uint32_t curX; /* Current X Value */
|
||||
uint32_t curY; /* Current Y Value */
|
||||
|
||||
d = 3 - (r << 1);
|
||||
curX = 0;
|
||||
curY = r;
|
||||
|
||||
while (curX <= curY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x + curX, y + curY, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x + curX, y - curY, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x - curX, y + curY, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x - curX, y - curY, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x + curY, y + curX, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x + curY, y - curX, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x - curY, y + curX, color);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x - curY, y - curX, color);
|
||||
|
||||
if (d < 0) {
|
||||
d += (curX << 2) + 6;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
d += ((curX - curY) << 2) + 10;
|
||||
curY--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
curX++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Draws a string inside a LCD buffer, at the given coordinates. Line breaks
|
||||
* will be honored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of string top-left corner.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of string top-left corner.
|
||||
* \param pString String to display.
|
||||
* \param color String color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawString(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
const uint8_t *pString,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned xorg = x;
|
||||
|
||||
while (*pString != 0) {
|
||||
if (*pString == '\n') {
|
||||
|
||||
y += gFont.height + 2;
|
||||
x = xorg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
LCDD_DrawChar(x, y, *pString, color);
|
||||
x += gFont.width + 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pString++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the width & height in pixels that a string will occupy on the screen
|
||||
* if drawn using LCDD_DrawString.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pString String.
|
||||
* \param pWidth Pointer for storing the string width (optional).
|
||||
* \param pHeight Pointer for storing the string height (optional).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return String width in pixels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_GetStringSize(
|
||||
const uint8_t *pString,
|
||||
uint32_t *pWidth,
|
||||
uint32_t *pHeight)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t width = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t height = gFont.height;
|
||||
|
||||
while (*pString != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (*pString == '\n') {
|
||||
|
||||
height += gFont.height + 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
width += gFont.width + 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pString++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (width > 0) width -= 2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pWidth) *pWidth = width;
|
||||
if (pHeight) *pHeight = height;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* \brief Draw a raw image at given position on LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of image start.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of image start.
|
||||
* \param pImage Image buffer.
|
||||
* \param width Image width.
|
||||
* \param height Image height.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawImage(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
const uint8_t *pImage,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t row, col;
|
||||
|
||||
for(row = y; row < (y + height); row++) {
|
||||
LCD_SetCursor(x, row);
|
||||
LCD_WriteRAM_Prepare();
|
||||
for(col = x; col < (x + width); col++) {
|
||||
LCD_D() = *pImage++;
|
||||
LCD_D() = *pImage++;
|
||||
LCD_D() = *pImage++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for draw function on LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DRAW_H
|
||||
#define DRAW_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Horizontal direction line definition */
|
||||
#define DIRECTION_HLINE 0
|
||||
/** Vertical direction line definition */
|
||||
#define DIRECTION_VLINE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void LCDD_Fill(uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawPixel(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t c);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t LCDD_ReadPixel(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawLine(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t length,
|
||||
uint32_t direction,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawRectangle(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawRectangleWithFill(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawCircle(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint32_t r,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawString(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
const uint8_t *pString,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_GetStringSize(
|
||||
const uint8_t *pString,
|
||||
uint32_t *pWidth,
|
||||
uint32_t *pHeight);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawImage(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
const uint8_t *pImage,
|
||||
uint32_t width,
|
||||
uint32_t height);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef DRAW_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of draw font on LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "color.h"
|
||||
#include "font.h"
|
||||
#include "draw.h"
|
||||
#include "font10x14.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Global variable describing the font being instancied. */
|
||||
const Font gFont = {10, 14};
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Draws an ASCII character on LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x X-coordinate of character upper-left corner.
|
||||
* \param y Y-coordinate of character upper-left corner.
|
||||
* \param c Character to output.
|
||||
* \param color Character color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_DrawChar(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint8_t c,
|
||||
uint32_t color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t row, col;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((c >= 0x20) && (c <= 0x7F));
|
||||
|
||||
for (col = 0; col < 10; col++) {
|
||||
|
||||
for (row = 0; row < 8; row++) {
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pCharset10x14[((c - 0x20) * 20) + col * 2] >> (7 - row)) & 0x1) {
|
||||
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x+col, y+row, color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (row = 0; row < 6; row++) {
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pCharset10x14[((c - 0x20) * 20) + col * 2 + 1] >> (7 - row)) & 0x1) {
|
||||
|
||||
LCDD_DrawPixel(x+col, y+row+8, color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for draw font on LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The font.h files declares a font structure and a LCDD_DrawChar function
|
||||
* that must be implemented by a font definition file to be used with the
|
||||
* LCDD_DrawString method of draw.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The font10x14.c implements the necessary variable and function for a 10x14
|
||||
* font.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Declare a gFont global variable with the necessary Font information.
|
||||
* -# Implement an LCDD_DrawChar function which displays the specified
|
||||
* character on the LCD.
|
||||
* -# Use the LCDD_DrawString method defined in draw.h to display a complete
|
||||
* string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FONT_H
|
||||
#define FONT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Describes the font (width, height, supported characters, etc.) used by
|
||||
* the LCD driver draw API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct _Font {
|
||||
/* Font width in pixels. */
|
||||
uint8_t width;
|
||||
/* Font height in pixels. */
|
||||
uint8_t height;
|
||||
} Font;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Global variable describing the font being instancied. */
|
||||
extern const Font gFont;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_DrawChar(
|
||||
uint32_t x,
|
||||
uint32_t y,
|
||||
uint8_t c,
|
||||
uint32_t color);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef FONT_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Font 10x14 table definition.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LCD_FONT_10x14_H
|
||||
#define LCD_FONT_10x14_H
|
||||
|
||||
/** Char set of font 10x14 */
|
||||
const uint8_t pCharset10x14[] = {
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xCC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xCC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x60, 0x1E, 0x70, 0x3F, 0x30, 0x33, 0x30, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0x33, 0x30, 0x33, 0xF0, 0x39, 0xE0, 0x18, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x60, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x0C, 0xF0, 0x3C, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x03, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0F, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x18, 0xF0, 0x3C, 0xC0, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x18,
|
||||
0x3C, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xC3, 0x1C, 0xC7, 0x8C, 0xCF, 0xCC,
|
||||
0xDC, 0xEC, 0x78, 0x78, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x00, 0xCC,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0xEC, 0x00,
|
||||
0xF8, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x3F, 0xF0, 0x78, 0x78,
|
||||
0x60, 0x18, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x60, 0x18,
|
||||
0x78, 0x78, 0x3F, 0xF0, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x60, 0x0E, 0xE0, 0x07, 0xC0, 0x03, 0x80, 0x3F, 0xF8,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF8, 0x03, 0x80, 0x07, 0xC0, 0x0E, 0xE0, 0x0C, 0x60,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x3F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0xEC, 0x00, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x03, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0F, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0xFC, 0xC1, 0xCC, 0xC3, 0x8C,
|
||||
0xC7, 0x0C, 0xCE, 0x0C, 0xFC, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0C, 0x70, 0x0C, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x30, 0x0C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0xE0, 0x3C, 0xC0, 0x7C, 0xC0, 0xEC,
|
||||
0xC1, 0xCC, 0xC3, 0x8C, 0xE7, 0x0C, 0x7E, 0x0C, 0x3C, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x30, 0x30, 0x70, 0x38, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xE3, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3C, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x03, 0xC0, 0x07, 0xC0, 0x0E, 0xC0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x38, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x70, 0xC0, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0,
|
||||
0xFC, 0x30, 0xFC, 0x38, 0xCC, 0x1C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCE, 0x1C, 0xC7, 0xF8, 0xC3, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE3, 0x1C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xE3, 0x9C, 0x71, 0xF8, 0x30, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC3, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xC7, 0xFC, 0xCE, 0x00, 0xDC, 0x00, 0xF8, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x00,
|
||||
0x3C, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE7, 0x9C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xE7, 0x9C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3C, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3C, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0xE7, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x1C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x38, 0xC3, 0x70, 0xE7, 0xE0, 0x7F, 0xC0, 0x3F, 0x80,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x60, 0x3C, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3C, 0xF0, 0x18, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x44, 0x3C, 0xEC,
|
||||
0x3C, 0xF8, 0x18, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x07, 0x80, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x1C, 0xE0,
|
||||
0x38, 0x70, 0x70, 0x38, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0x70, 0x38, 0x38, 0x70,
|
||||
0x1C, 0xE0, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x07, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x30, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC1, 0xEC,
|
||||
0xC3, 0xEC, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xE6, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00,
|
||||
0x30, 0xF0, 0x71, 0xF8, 0xE3, 0x9C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xC3, 0xFC, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xFC, 0x7F, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0,
|
||||
0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xC0, 0x7F, 0xFC, 0x3F, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xE7, 0x9C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3C, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0x70, 0x38, 0x30, 0x30,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xE3, 0x1C, 0x73, 0xF8, 0x33, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x38, 0xC0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x1C, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0xFF, 0xF0, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x07, 0x80, 0x07, 0x80, 0x0F, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x1C, 0xE0, 0x38, 0x70, 0x70, 0x38, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x70, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x00,
|
||||
0x1F, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xE0, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0x3F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xE7, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00,
|
||||
0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7F, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0xCC,
|
||||
0xC0, 0xEC, 0xC0, 0x7C, 0xE0, 0x38, 0x7F, 0xFC, 0x3F, 0xEC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC3, 0x00, 0xC3, 0x80, 0xC3, 0x80,
|
||||
0xC3, 0xC0, 0xC3, 0xC0, 0xE7, 0x70, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x1C,
|
||||
0x3C, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x1C, 0xE7, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC3, 0x9C, 0xE1, 0xF8, 0x60, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xF0, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0xFF, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xC0, 0xFF, 0xE0, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x70, 0xFF, 0xE0, 0xFF, 0xC0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xF0, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0xF8,
|
||||
0x00, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0xFF, 0xF8, 0xFF, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xF0, 0x3C, 0xF8, 0x7C, 0x1C, 0xE0, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x07, 0x80,
|
||||
0x07, 0x80, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x1C, 0xE0, 0xF8, 0x7C, 0xF0, 0x3C,
|
||||
0xFC, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x01, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x80, 0x07, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x00,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x3C, 0xC0, 0x7C, 0xC0, 0xEC, 0xC1, 0xCC, 0xC3, 0x8C,
|
||||
0xC7, 0x0C, 0xCE, 0x0C, 0xDC, 0x0C, 0xF8, 0x0C, 0xF0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x30, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x30,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x00,
|
||||
0xE0, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00,
|
||||
0x38, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x30, 0x06, 0x78, 0x0E, 0xFC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0E, 0xCC, 0x07, 0xFC, 0x03, 0xF8,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x9C, 0x01, 0xF8, 0x00, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x03, 0xF0, 0x07, 0xF8, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x07, 0x38, 0x03, 0x30,
|
||||
0x00, 0xF0, 0x01, 0xF8, 0x03, 0x9C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x03, 0xF0, 0x07, 0xF8, 0x0E, 0xDC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0E, 0xDC, 0x07, 0xD8, 0x03, 0x90,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x3F, 0xFC, 0x7F, 0xFC, 0xE3, 0x00,
|
||||
0xE3, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x18, 0x07, 0x9C, 0x0F, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xDC, 0x0F, 0xF8, 0x07, 0xF0,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01, 0xFC, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1B, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x1B, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0xCF, 0xF8, 0xCF, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x01, 0xE0,
|
||||
0x03, 0xF0, 0x07, 0x38, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x03, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x03, 0xC0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x07, 0xFC, 0x03, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x03, 0xF0, 0x07, 0xF8, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x07, 0xF8, 0x03, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x07, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x00, 0x07, 0x80, 0x0F, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xFC, 0x0F, 0xFC, 0x03, 0x80, 0x07, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x18, 0x07, 0x9C, 0x0F, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC,
|
||||
0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x0C, 0xFC, 0x0E, 0x78, 0x06, 0x30,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xF0, 0xFF, 0xF8,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x38, 0x0C, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xF0, 0x0F, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x0F, 0xF8, 0x0F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xC0, 0x0F, 0xE0, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x70, 0x0F, 0xE0, 0x0F, 0xC0,
|
||||
0x0F, 0xF0, 0x0F, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0xF8,
|
||||
0x00, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x0F, 0xF8, 0x0F, 0xF0,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x07, 0x38, 0x03, 0xF0, 0x01, 0xE0,
|
||||
0x01, 0xE0, 0x03, 0xF0, 0x07, 0x38, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x07, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x9C, 0x01, 0xF8,
|
||||
0x01, 0xF0, 0x03, 0x80, 0x07, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x00,
|
||||
0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x3C, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0x0C, 0xEC,
|
||||
0x0D, 0xCC, 0x0F, 0x8C, 0x0F, 0x0C, 0x0E, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x07, 0x80, 0x3F, 0xF0, 0x7C, 0xF8,
|
||||
0xE0, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0x03, 0x0C, 0x03, 0x0C, 0x3F, 0xFC, 0x7F, 0xFC, 0xE3, 0x0C,
|
||||
0xC3, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x0C, 0x70, 0x0C, 0x30, 0x0C,
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x0C, 0xE0, 0x1C,
|
||||
0x7C, 0xF8, 0x3F, 0xF0, 0x07, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
|
||||
0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00, 0xC0, 0x00,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC,
|
||||
0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC, 0xFF, 0xFC
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifdef _LCD_FONT_10x14_h */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of LCD driver, Include LCD initialization,
|
||||
* LCD on/off and LCD backlight control.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "lcdd.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <pmc/pmc.h>
|
||||
#include <ili9325/ili9325.h>
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes the LCD controller.
|
||||
* Configure SMC to access LCD controller at 64MHz MCK.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_Initialize(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const Pin pPins[] = {BOARD_LCD_PINS};
|
||||
Smc *pSmc = SMC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable pins */
|
||||
PIO_Configure(pPins, PIO_LISTSIZE(pPins));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable peripheral clock */
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral(ID_SMC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* EBI SMC Configuration */
|
||||
pSmc->SMC_CS_NUMBER[1].SMC_SETUP = 0
|
||||
| ((2 << 0) & SMC_SETUP1_NWE_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((2 << 8) & SMC_SETUP1_NCS_WR_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((2 << 16) & SMC_SETUP1_NRD_SETUP)
|
||||
| ((2 << 24) & SMC_SETUP1_NCS_RD_SETUP)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
pSmc->SMC_CS_NUMBER[1].SMC_PULSE = 0
|
||||
| ((4 << 0) & SMC_PULSE1_NWE_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((4 << 8) & SMC_PULSE1_NCS_WR_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((10 << 16) & SMC_PULSE1_NRD_PULSE)
|
||||
| ((10 << 24) & SMC_PULSE1_NCS_RD_PULSE)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
pSmc->SMC_CS_NUMBER[1].SMC_CYCLE = 0
|
||||
| ((10 << 0) & SMC_CYCLE1_NWE_CYCLE)
|
||||
| ((22 << 16) & SMC_CYCLE1_NRD_CYCLE)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
pSmc->SMC_CS_NUMBER[1].SMC_MODE = 0
|
||||
| (SMC_MODE1_READ_MODE)
|
||||
| (SMC_MODE1_WRITE_MODE)
|
||||
| (0) /* Set 8 bit width. TODO: replace with definition in device header file */
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize LCD controller */
|
||||
LCD_Initialize();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set LCD backlight */
|
||||
LCDD_SetBacklight(2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Turn on the LCD.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_On(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCD_On();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Turn off the LCD.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_Off(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCD_Off();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set the backlight of the LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param level Backlight brightness level [1..16], 1 means maximum brightness.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LCDD_SetBacklight (uint32_t level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
const Pin pPins[] = {BOARD_BACKLIGHT_PIN};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure valid level */
|
||||
level = (level < 1) ? 1 : level;
|
||||
level = (level > 16) ? 16 : level;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable pins */
|
||||
PIO_Configure(pPins, PIO_LISTSIZE(pPins));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch off backlight */
|
||||
PIO_Clear(pPins);
|
||||
i = 600 * (BOARD_MCK / 1000000); /* wait for at least 500us */
|
||||
while(i--);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set new backlight level */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < level; i++) {
|
||||
PIO_Clear(pPins);
|
||||
PIO_Clear(pPins);
|
||||
PIO_Clear(pPins);
|
||||
|
||||
PIO_Set(pPins);
|
||||
PIO_Set(pPins);
|
||||
PIO_Set(pPins);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for LCD driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LCDD_H
|
||||
#define LCDD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_Initialize(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_On(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_Off(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void LCDD_SetBacklight (uint32_t step);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef LCDD_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pio.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <pmc/pmc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Local Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) of a PIO controller as being controlled by
|
||||
/// peripheral A. Optionally, the corresponding internal pull-up(s) can be
|
||||
/// enabled.
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask of one or more pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the pin(s) internal pull-up shall be
|
||||
/// configured.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetPeripheralA(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char enablePullUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int abcdsr;
|
||||
// Disable interrupts on the pin(s)
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (enablePullUp) {
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0] &= (~mask & abcdsr);
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1] &= (~mask & abcdsr);
|
||||
pio->PIO_PDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) of a PIO controller as being controlled by
|
||||
/// peripheral B. Optionally, the corresponding internal pull-up(s) can be
|
||||
/// enabled.
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask of one or more pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the pin(s) internal pull-up shall be
|
||||
/// configured.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetPeripheralB(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char enablePullUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int abcdsr;
|
||||
// Disable interrupts on the pin(s)
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (enablePullUp) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0] = (mask | abcdsr);
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1] &= (~mask & abcdsr);
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) of a PIO controller as being controlled by
|
||||
/// peripheral C. Optionally, the corresponding internal pull-up(s) can be
|
||||
/// enabled.
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask of one or more pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the pin(s) internal pull-up shall be
|
||||
/// configured.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetPeripheralC(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char enablePullUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int abcdsr;
|
||||
// Disable interrupts on the pin(s)
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (enablePullUp) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0] &= (~mask & abcdsr);
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1] = (mask | abcdsr);
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) of a PIO controller as being controlled by
|
||||
/// peripheral D. Optionally, the corresponding internal pull-up(s) can be
|
||||
/// enabled.
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask of one or more pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the pin(s) internal pull-up shall be
|
||||
/// configured.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetPeripheralD(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char enablePullUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int abcdsr;
|
||||
// Disable interrupts on the pin(s)
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (enablePullUp) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[0] = (mask | abcdsr);
|
||||
abcdsr = pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1];
|
||||
pio->PIO_ABCDSR[1] = (mask | abcdsr);
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) or a PIO controller as inputs. Optionally,
|
||||
/// the corresponding internal pull-up(s) and glitch filter(s) can be
|
||||
/// enabled.
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask indicating which pin(s) to configure as input(s).
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the internal pull-up(s) must be enabled.
|
||||
/// \param enableFilter Indicates if the glitch filter(s) must be enabled.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetInput(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char attribute)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Disable interrupts
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (attribute & PIO_PULLUP)
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
else
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable de-glitch(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (attribute & PIO_DEGLITCH)
|
||||
pio->PIO_IFER = mask;
|
||||
else
|
||||
pio->PIO_IFDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable de-bounce if necessary
|
||||
if (attribute & PIO_DEBOUNCE) {
|
||||
pio->PIO_DIFSR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure pin as input
|
||||
pio->PIO_ODR = mask;
|
||||
pio->PIO_PER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures one or more pin(s) of a PIO controller as outputs, with the
|
||||
/// given default value. Optionally, the multi-drive feature can be enabled
|
||||
/// on the pin(s).
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask indicating which pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param defaultValue Default level on the pin(s).
|
||||
/// \param enableMultiDrive Indicates if the pin(s) shall be configured as
|
||||
/// open-drain.
|
||||
/// \param enablePullUp Indicates if the pin shall have its pull-up activated.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetOutput(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char defaultValue,
|
||||
unsigned char enableMultiDrive,
|
||||
unsigned char enablePullUp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Disable interrupts
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pull-up(s) if necessary
|
||||
if (enablePullUp) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_PUDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable multi-drive if necessary
|
||||
if (enableMultiDrive) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_MDER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_MDDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set default value
|
||||
if (defaultValue) {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_SODR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_CODR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure pin(s) as output(s)
|
||||
pio->PIO_OER = mask;
|
||||
pio->PIO_PER = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures interrupt mode for input Pins
|
||||
/// \param pio Pointer to a PIO controller.
|
||||
/// \param mask Bitmask indicating which pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
/// \param additionnalItMode Enable Pio Additionnal It Mode.
|
||||
/// \param edgeMode Enable the edge mode.
|
||||
/// \param risingEdgeOrHighLevel Enable IT on rising edge or high level.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_SetInterrupt(
|
||||
Pio *pio,
|
||||
unsigned int mask,
|
||||
unsigned char additionnalItMode,
|
||||
unsigned char edgeMode,
|
||||
unsigned char risingEdgeOrHighLevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the Interrupt mode in the PIO controller */
|
||||
if (additionnalItMode) {
|
||||
/* enable additional interrupt mode */
|
||||
pio->PIO_AIMER = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if bit field of selected pin is 1, set as Rising Edge/High level detection event */
|
||||
if (risingEdgeOrHighLevel)
|
||||
pio->PIO_REHLSR = mask;
|
||||
else
|
||||
pio->PIO_FELLSR = mask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if bit field of selected pin is 1, set as edge detection source */
|
||||
if (edgeMode)
|
||||
pio->PIO_ESR = mask;
|
||||
else
|
||||
pio->PIO_LSR = mask;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* disable additional interrupt mode */
|
||||
pio->PIO_AIMDR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures a list of Pin instances, each of which can either hold a single
|
||||
/// pin or a group of pins, depending on the mask value; all pins are configured
|
||||
/// by this function. The size of the array must also be provided and is easily
|
||||
/// computed using PIO_LISTSIZE whenever its length is not known in advance.
|
||||
/// \param list Pointer to a list of Pin instances.
|
||||
/// \param size Size of the Pin list (calculated using PIO_LISTSIZE).
|
||||
/// \return 1 if the pins have been configured properly; otherwise 0.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned char PIO_Configure(const Pin *list, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Configure pins
|
||||
while (size > 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
switch (list->type) {
|
||||
|
||||
case PIO_PERIPH_A:
|
||||
PIO_SetPeripheralA(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_PULLUP) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PIO_PERIPH_B:
|
||||
PIO_SetPeripheralB(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_PULLUP) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PIO_PERIPH_C:
|
||||
PIO_SetPeripheralC(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_PULLUP) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PIO_PERIPH_D:
|
||||
PIO_SetPeripheralD(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_PULLUP) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case PIO_INPUT:
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral(list->id);
|
||||
PIO_SetInput(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
list->attribute);
|
||||
PIO_SetInterrupt(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_IT_AIME) ? 1 : 0,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_IT_EDGE) ? 1 : 0,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_IT_RE_OR_HL) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PIO_OUTPUT_0:
|
||||
case PIO_OUTPUT_1:
|
||||
PIO_SetOutput(list->pio,
|
||||
list->mask,
|
||||
(list->type == PIO_OUTPUT_1),
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_OPENDRAIN) ? 1 : 0,
|
||||
(list->attribute & PIO_PULLUP) ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default: return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
list++;
|
||||
size--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Sets a high output level on all the PIOs defined in the given Pin instance.
|
||||
/// This has no immediate effects on PIOs that are not output, but the PIO
|
||||
/// controller will memorize the value they are changed to outputs.
|
||||
/// \param pin Pointer to a Pin instance describing one or more pins.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_Set(const Pin *pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pin->pio->PIO_SODR = pin->mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Sets a low output level on all the PIOs defined in the given Pin instance.
|
||||
/// This has no immediate effects on PIOs that are not output, but the PIO
|
||||
/// controller will memorize the value they are changed to outputs.
|
||||
/// \param pin Pointer to a Pin instance describing one or more pins.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_Clear(const Pin *pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pin->pio->PIO_CODR = pin->mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Returns 1 if one or more PIO of the given Pin instance currently have a high
|
||||
/// level; otherwise returns 0. This method returns the actual value that is
|
||||
/// being read on the pin. To return the supposed output value of a pin, use
|
||||
/// PIO_GetOutputDataStatus() instead.
|
||||
/// \param pin Pointer to a Pin instance describing one or more pins.
|
||||
/// \return 1 if the Pin instance contains at least one PIO that currently has
|
||||
/// a high level; otherwise 0.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned char PIO_Get(const Pin *pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int reg;
|
||||
if ((pin->type == PIO_OUTPUT_0) || (pin->type == PIO_OUTPUT_1)) {
|
||||
|
||||
reg = pin->pio->PIO_ODSR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
reg = pin->pio->PIO_PDSR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((reg & pin->mask) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Returns 1 if one or more PIO of the given Pin are configured to output a
|
||||
/// high level (even if they are not output).
|
||||
/// To get the actual value of the pin, use PIO_Get() instead.
|
||||
/// \param pin Pointer to a Pin instance describing one or more pins.
|
||||
/// \return 1 if the Pin instance contains at least one PIO that is configured
|
||||
/// to output a high level; otherwise 0.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned char PIO_GetOutputDataStatus(const Pin *pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((pin->pio->PIO_ODSR & pin->mask) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \file
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This file provides a basic API for PIO configuration and usage of
|
||||
/// user-controlled pins. Please refer to the board.h file for a list of
|
||||
/// available pin definitions.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Usage
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// -# Define a constant pin description array such as the following one, using
|
||||
/// the existing definitions provided by the board.h file if possible:
|
||||
/// \code
|
||||
/// const Pin pPins[] = {PIN_USART0_TXD, PIN_USART0_RXD};
|
||||
/// \endcode
|
||||
/// Alternatively, it is possible to add new pins by provided the full Pin
|
||||
/// structure:
|
||||
/// \code
|
||||
/// // Pin instance to configure PA10 & PA11 as inputs with the internal
|
||||
/// // pull-up enabled.
|
||||
/// const Pin pPins = {
|
||||
/// (1 << 10) | (1 << 11),
|
||||
/// REG_PIOA,
|
||||
/// ID_PIOA,
|
||||
/// PIO_INPUT,
|
||||
/// PIO_PULLUP
|
||||
/// };
|
||||
/// \endcode
|
||||
/// -# Configure a pin array by calling PIO_Configure() with a pointer to the
|
||||
/// array and its size (which is computed using the PIO_LISTSIZE macro).
|
||||
/// -# Change and get the value of a user-controlled pin using the PIO_Set,
|
||||
/// PIO_Clear and PIO_Get methods.
|
||||
/// -# Get the level being currently output by a user-controlled pin configured
|
||||
/// as an output using PIO_GetOutputDataStatus().
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PIO_H
|
||||
#define PIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/// The pin is controlled by the associated signal of peripheral A.
|
||||
#define PIO_PERIPH_A 0
|
||||
/// The pin is controlled by the associated signal of peripheral B.
|
||||
#define PIO_PERIPH_B 1
|
||||
/// The pin is controlled by the associated signal of peripheral C.
|
||||
#define PIO_PERIPH_C 2
|
||||
/// The pin is controlled by the associated signal of peripheral D.
|
||||
#define PIO_PERIPH_D 3
|
||||
/// The pin is an input.
|
||||
#define PIO_INPUT 4
|
||||
/// The pin is an output and has a default level of 0.
|
||||
#define PIO_OUTPUT_0 5
|
||||
/// The pin is an output and has a default level of 1.
|
||||
#define PIO_OUTPUT_1 6
|
||||
|
||||
/// Default pin configuration (no attribute).
|
||||
#define PIO_DEFAULT (0 << 0)
|
||||
/// The internal pin pull-up is active.
|
||||
#define PIO_PULLUP (1 << 0)
|
||||
/// The internal glitch filter is active.
|
||||
#define PIO_DEGLITCH (1 << 1)
|
||||
/// The pin is open-drain.
|
||||
#define PIO_OPENDRAIN (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The internal debouncing filter is active.
|
||||
#define PIO_DEBOUNCE (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable additional interrupt modes.
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_AIME (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Interrupt High Level/Rising Edge detection is active.
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_RE_OR_HL (1 << 5)
|
||||
/// Interrupt Edge detection is active.
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_EDGE (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Low level interrupt is active
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_LOW_LEVEL (0 | 0 | PIO_IT_AIME)
|
||||
/// High level interrupt is active
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_HIGH_LEVEL (PIO_IT_RE_OR_HL | 0 | PIO_IT_AIME)
|
||||
/// Falling edge interrupt is active
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_FALL_EDGE (0 | PIO_IT_EDGE | PIO_IT_AIME)
|
||||
/// Rising edge interrupt is active
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_RISE_EDGE (PIO_IT_RE_OR_HL | PIO_IT_EDGE | PIO_IT_AIME)
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Macros
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Calculates the size of an array of Pin instances. The array must be defined
|
||||
/// locally (i.e. not a pointer), otherwise the computation will not be correct.
|
||||
/// \param pPins Local array of Pin instances.
|
||||
/// \return Number of elements in array.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define PIO_LISTSIZE(pPins) (sizeof(pPins) / sizeof(Pin))
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Describes the type and attribute of one PIO pin or a group of similar pins.
|
||||
/// The #type# field can have the following values:
|
||||
/// - PIO_PERIPH_A
|
||||
/// - PIO_PERIPH_B
|
||||
/// - PIO_OUTPUT_0
|
||||
/// - PIO_OUTPUT_1
|
||||
/// - PIO_INPUT
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The #attribute# field is a bitmask that can either be set to PIO_DEFAULt,
|
||||
/// or combine (using bitwise OR '|') any number of the following constants:
|
||||
/// - PIO_PULLUP
|
||||
/// - PIO_DEGLITCH
|
||||
/// - PIO_DEBOUNCE
|
||||
/// - PIO_OPENDRAIN
|
||||
/// - PIO_IT_LOW_LEVEL
|
||||
/// - PIO_IT_HIGH_LEVEL
|
||||
/// - PIO_IT_FALL_EDGE
|
||||
/// - PIO_IT_RISE_EDGE
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Bitmask indicating which pin(s) to configure.
|
||||
unsigned int mask;
|
||||
/// Pointer to the PIO controller which has the pin(s).
|
||||
Pio *pio;
|
||||
/// Peripheral ID of the PIO controller which has the pin(s).
|
||||
unsigned char id;
|
||||
/// Pin type.
|
||||
unsigned char type;
|
||||
/// Pin attribute.
|
||||
unsigned char attribute;
|
||||
} Pin;
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Access Macros
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures Glitch or Debouncing filter for input
|
||||
/// \param pin Pointer to a Pin instance describing one or more pins.
|
||||
/// \param cuttoff Cutt off frequency for debounce filter
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static inline void PIO_SetDebounceFilter(
|
||||
const Pin *pin,
|
||||
unsigned int cuttoff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pio *pio = pin->pio;
|
||||
|
||||
pio->PIO_DIFSR = pin->mask;//set Debouncing, 0 bit field no effect
|
||||
pio->PIO_SCDR = ((32678/(2*(cuttoff))) - 1) & 0x3FFF;//the lowest 14 bits work
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char PIO_Configure(const Pin *list, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PIO_Set(const Pin *pin);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PIO_Clear(const Pin *pin);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char PIO_Get(const Pin *pin);
|
||||
|
||||
//extern unsigned int PIO_GetISR(const Pin *pin);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char PIO_GetOutputDataStatus(const Pin *pin);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PIO_EnableDebounce(const Pin *pin, unsigned int clkDiv);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef PIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file
|
||||
|
||||
/// Disable traces for this file
|
||||
#undef TRACE_LEVEL
|
||||
#define TRACE_LEVEL 0
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pio_it.h"
|
||||
#include "pio.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <pmc/pmc.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
#include <cmsis/core_cm3.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Local definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Local types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* Define WEAK attribute */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
|
||||
#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
|
||||
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
|
||||
#define WEAK __weak
|
||||
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
|
||||
#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Local variables
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
typedef void (*PioHandler) (unsigned char id);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default PIO handlers defined as weak functions which have to be redefined by
|
||||
* the application */
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq0Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq1Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq2Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq3Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq4Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq5Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq6Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq7Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq8Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq9Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq10Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq11Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq12Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq13Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq14Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq15Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq16Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq17Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq18Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq19Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq20Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq21Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq22Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq23Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq24Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq25Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq26Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq27Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq28Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq29Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq30Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOA_Irq31Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** pioAHandlers records ISR routines for each PIO Id for PIO controller A */
|
||||
static const PioHandler pioAHandlers[32] = {
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq0Handler, /**< PA0 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq1Handler, /**< PA1 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq2Handler, /**< PA2 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq3Handler, /**< PA3 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq4Handler, /**< PA4 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq5Handler, /**< PA5 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq6Handler, /**< PA6 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq7Handler, /**< PA7 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq8Handler, /**< PA8 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq9Handler, /**< PA9 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq10Handler, /**< PA10 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq11Handler, /**< PA11 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq12Handler, /**< PA12 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq13Handler, /**< PA13 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq14Handler, /**< PA14 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq15Handler, /**< PA15 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq16Handler, /**< PA16 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq17Handler, /**< PA17 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq18Handler, /**< PA18 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq19Handler, /**< PA19 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq20Handler, /**< PA20 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq21Handler, /**< PA21 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq22Handler, /**< PA22 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq23Handler, /**< PA23 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq24Handler, /**< PA24 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq25Handler, /**< PA25 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq26Handler, /**< PA26 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq27Handler, /**< PA27 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq28Handler, /**< PA28 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq29Handler, /**< PA29 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq30Handler, /**< PA30 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOA_Irq31Handler /**< PA31 IT Handler */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default PIO handlers defined as weak functions which have to be redefined by
|
||||
* the application */
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq0Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq1Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq2Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq3Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq4Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq5Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq6Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq7Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq8Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq9Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq10Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq11Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq12Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq13Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq14Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq15Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq16Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq17Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq18Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq19Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq20Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq21Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq22Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq23Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq24Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq25Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq26Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq27Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq28Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq29Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq30Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOB_Irq31Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** PIOBHandlers records ISR routines for each PIO Id for PIO controller A */
|
||||
static const PioHandler pioBHandlers[32] = {
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq0Handler, /**< PB0 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq1Handler, /**< PB1 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq2Handler, /**< PB2 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq3Handler, /**< PB3 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq4Handler, /**< PB4 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq5Handler, /**< PB5 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq6Handler, /**< PB6 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq7Handler, /**< PB7 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq8Handler, /**< PB8 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq9Handler, /**< PB9 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq10Handler, /**< PB10 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq11Handler, /**< PB11 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq12Handler, /**< PB12 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq13Handler, /**< PB13 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq14Handler, /**< PB14 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq15Handler, /**< PB15 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq16Handler, /**< PB16 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq17Handler, /**< PB17 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq18Handler, /**< PB18 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq19Handler, /**< PB19 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq20Handler, /**< PB20 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq21Handler, /**< PB21 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq22Handler, /**< PB22 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq23Handler, /**< PB23 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq24Handler, /**< PB24 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq25Handler, /**< PB25 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq26Handler, /**< PB26 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq27Handler, /**< PB27 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq28Handler, /**< PB28 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq29Handler, /**< PB29 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq30Handler, /**< PB30 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOB_Irq31Handler /**< PB31 IT Handler */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default PIO handlers defined as weak functions which have to be redefined by
|
||||
* the application */
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq0Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq1Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq2Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq3Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq4Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq5Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq6Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq7Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq8Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq9Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq10Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq11Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq12Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq13Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq14Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq15Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq16Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq17Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq18Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq19Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq20Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq21Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq22Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq23Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq24Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq25Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq26Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq27Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq28Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq29Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq30Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
WEAK void PIOC_Irq31Handler(unsigned char id) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** PIOCHandlers records ISR routines for each PIO Id for PIO controller A */
|
||||
static const PioHandler pioCHandlers[32] = {
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq0Handler, /**< PC0 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq1Handler, /**< PC1 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq2Handler, /**< PC2 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq3Handler, /**< PC3 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq4Handler, /**< PC4 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq5Handler, /**< PC5 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq6Handler, /**< PC6 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq7Handler, /**< PC7 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq8Handler, /**< PC8 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq9Handler, /**< PC9 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq10Handler, /**< PC10 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq11Handler, /**< PC11 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq12Handler, /**< PC12 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq13Handler, /**< PC13 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq14Handler, /**< PC14 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq15Handler, /**< PC15 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq16Handler, /**< PC16 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq17Handler, /**< PC17 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq18Handler, /**< PC18 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq19Handler, /**< PC19 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq20Handler, /**< PC20 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq21Handler, /**< PC21 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq22Handler, /**< PC22 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq23Handler, /**< PC23 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq24Handler, /**< PC24 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq25Handler, /**< PC25 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq26Handler, /**< PC26 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq27Handler, /**< PC27 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq28Handler, /**< PC28 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq29Handler, /**< PC29 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq30Handler, /**< PC30 IT Handler */
|
||||
(PioHandler) PIOC_Irq31Handler /**< PC31 IT Handler */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Generic PIO Handler.
|
||||
/// The NVIC branches to the PIOx_IrqHandler() registered in exeption.c
|
||||
/// PIOx_IrqHandler() invokes PIO_IrqHandler which scans which id has triggered
|
||||
/// an interrupt and call the corresponding routine for the Id (<=> for the pin)
|
||||
/// \param pPio PIO controller base address.
|
||||
/// \param pPioHandlers Constant table which contains IT routines for each PIO Id
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static void PIO_IrqHandler(Pio *pPio, const PioHandler *pPioHandlers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int status, id;
|
||||
|
||||
status = pPio->PIO_ISR;
|
||||
status &= pPio->PIO_IMR;
|
||||
|
||||
for (id = 0; id < 32; ++id) {
|
||||
if (status & (1 << id)) {
|
||||
pPioHandlers[id](id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller A interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOA interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIOA_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PIO_IrqHandler(PIOA, pioAHandlers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller B interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOB interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIOB_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PIO_IrqHandler(PIOB, pioBHandlers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller C interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOC interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIOC_IrqHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PIO_IrqHandler(PIOC, pioCHandlers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Enables the given interrupt source. The status
|
||||
/// register of the corresponding PIO controller is cleared prior to enabling
|
||||
/// the interrupt.
|
||||
/// \param pPin Interrupt source to enable.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_EnableIt(const Pin *pPin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pio* pio = pPin->pio;
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_EnableIt()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// SANITY_CHECK(pPin);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the interrupt in the PIO controller */
|
||||
pio->PIO_ISR;
|
||||
pio->PIO_IER = pPin->mask;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Disables a given interrupt source, with no added side effects.
|
||||
/// \param pPin Interrupt source to disable.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_DisableIt(const Pin *pPin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pio* pio = pPin->pio;
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pPin);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_DisableIt()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the interrupt in the PIO controller */
|
||||
pio->PIO_IDR = pPin->mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Initializes the PIO interrupt management logic
|
||||
/// The desired priority of PIO interrupts must be provided.
|
||||
/// Calling this function multiple times result in the reset of currently
|
||||
/// configured interrupts.
|
||||
/// \param priority PIO controller interrupts priority.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_InitializeInterrupts(unsigned int priority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_Initialize()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure PIO interrupt sources
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_Initialize: Configuring PIOA\n\r");
|
||||
PIOA->PIO_ISR;
|
||||
PIOA->PIO_IDR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(PIOA_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(PIOA_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(PIOA_IRQn, priority);
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(PIOA_IRQn);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_Initialize: Configuring PIOB\n\r");
|
||||
PIOB->PIO_ISR;
|
||||
PIOB->PIO_IDR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(PIOB_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(PIOB_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(PIOB_IRQn, priority);
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(PIOB_IRQn);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PIO_Initialize: Configuring PIOC\n\r");
|
||||
PIOC->PIO_ISR;
|
||||
PIOC->PIO_IDR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(PIOC_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(PIOC_IRQn);
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(PIOC_IRQn, priority);
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(PIOC_IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \file
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Configuration and handling of interrupts on PIO status changes. The API
|
||||
/// provided here have several advantages over the traditional PIO interrupt
|
||||
/// configuration approach:
|
||||
/// - It is highly portable
|
||||
/// - It automatically demultiplexes interrupts when multiples pins have been
|
||||
/// configured on a single PIO controller
|
||||
/// - It allows a group of pins to share the same interrupt
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// However, it also has several minor drawbacks that may prevent from using it
|
||||
/// in particular applications:
|
||||
/// - It enables the clocks of all PIO controllers
|
||||
/// - PIO controllers all share the same interrupt handler, which does the
|
||||
/// demultiplexing and can be slower than direct configuration
|
||||
/// - It reserves space for a fixed number of interrupts, which can be
|
||||
/// increased by modifying the appropriate constant in pio_it.c.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \par Usage
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// -# Initialize the PIO interrupt mechanism using PIO_InitializeInterrupts()
|
||||
/// with the desired priority (0 ... 7).
|
||||
/// -# Configure a status change interrupt on one or more pin(s) with
|
||||
/// PIO_ConfigureIt().
|
||||
/// -# Enable & disable interrupts on pins using PIO_EnableIt() and
|
||||
/// PIO_DisableIt().
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PIO_IT_H
|
||||
#define PIO_IT_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// \file
|
||||
|
||||
/// Disable traces for this file
|
||||
#undef TRACE_LEVEL
|
||||
#define TRACE_LEVEL 0
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pio_it.h"
|
||||
#include "pio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller A interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOA interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIOA_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller B interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOB interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIOB_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Parallel IO Controller C interrupt handler
|
||||
/// Redefined PIOC interrupt handler for NVIC interrupt table.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIOC_IrqHandler(void);
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures and enables the given interrupt source. The status
|
||||
/// register of the corresponding PIO controller is cleared prior to enabling
|
||||
/// the interrupt.
|
||||
/// \param pPin Interrupt source to enable.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIO_EnableIt(const Pin *pPin);
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Disables a given interrupt source, with no added side effects.
|
||||
/// \param pPin Interrupt source to disable.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIO_DisableIt(const Pin *pPin);
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \brief Initializes the PIO interrupt management logic
|
||||
/// The desired priority of PIO interrupts must be provided.
|
||||
/// Calling this function multiple times result in the reset of currently
|
||||
/// configured interrupts.
|
||||
/// \param priority PIO controller interrupts priority.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void PIO_InitializeInterrupts(unsigned int priority);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef PIO_IT_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "pio.h"
|
||||
#include "pio_keypad.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Configures keypad controller
|
||||
/// \param pPIO Pointer to a PIO instance
|
||||
/// \param config Configuration data for given pin,see head file for detail
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_KeyPadConfig(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, KeyPadConfig *config)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//enable/disable keypad controller
|
||||
pPIO->PIO_KER = config->enable;
|
||||
|
||||
//if enable, set keypad matrix and debouncing
|
||||
if(config->enable == TRUE) {
|
||||
//set key matrix
|
||||
pPIO->PIO_KRCR = (config->row | config->col<<8) ;
|
||||
|
||||
//set debouncing
|
||||
pPIO->PIO_KDR = config->debouncing;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Get Key Press/Release status
|
||||
/// \param pPIO Pointer to a PIO instance
|
||||
/// \param event Pointer to a instance of KeyEvent for storing keypad status
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_GetKeyStatus(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, KeyEvent *event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i,j;
|
||||
|
||||
//get key press event
|
||||
event->kdEvent.press = (pPIO->KSR&0x1)?TRUE:FALSE;
|
||||
event->kdEvent.keyPressNum = (pPIO->KSR>>8)&0x3;
|
||||
j=event->kdEvent.keyPressNum+1;
|
||||
for(i=0; i<j; i++) {
|
||||
event->kdEvent.preKeyMatrix[i].row = ((pPIO->KKPR) >> (8*i)) & 0x7;
|
||||
event->kdEvent.preKeyMatrix[i].col = ((pPIO->KKPR) >> (8*i+4)) & 0x7;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//get key release event
|
||||
event->kuEvent.release = ((pPIO->KSR>>1) & 0x1)?TRUE:FALSE;
|
||||
event->kuEvent.keyRelNum = (pPIO->KSR>>16)&0x3;
|
||||
j=event->kdEvent.keyPressNum+1;
|
||||
for(i=0;i<j;i++) {
|
||||
event->kuEvent.relKeyMatrix[i].row = ((pPIO->KKRR) >> (8*i)) & 0x7;
|
||||
event->kuEvent.relKeyMatrix[i].col = ((pPIO->KKRR) >> (8*i+4)) & 0x7;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Enable keypad interrupt as Key Press Interrupt or Key Release Interrupt or both
|
||||
/// \param pPIO Pointer to a PIO instance
|
||||
/// \param mode Select key interrupt mode to enable,
|
||||
/// 0x1 Key Press Interrupt
|
||||
/// 0x2 Key Release Interrupt
|
||||
/// 0x3 both of two type
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_KeypadEnableIt(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(mode){
|
||||
case 1:PIO_KeyPadEnableKPIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:PIO_KeyPadEnableKRIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:PIO_KeyPadEnableKPIt(pPIO);
|
||||
PIO_KeyPadEnableKRIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Disable Key Press Interrupt or Key Release Interrupt or both of them
|
||||
/// \param pPIO Pointer to a PIO instance
|
||||
/// \param mode Select key interrupt mode to disable,
|
||||
/// 0x1 Key Press Interrupt
|
||||
/// 0x2 Key Release Interrupt
|
||||
/// 0x3 both of two type
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void PIO_KeypadDisableIt(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(mode){
|
||||
case 1:PIO_KeyPadDisableKPIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:PIO_KeyPadDisableKRIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:PIO_KeyPadDisableKPIt(pPIO);
|
||||
PIO_KeyPadDisableKRIt(pPIO);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PIO_KEYPAD_H
|
||||
#define PIO_KEYPAD_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Macros
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
//enable keypad press interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadEnableKPIt(pPIO) ((pPIO)->KIER = 1<<0)
|
||||
|
||||
//enable keypad release interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadEnableKRIt(pPIO) ((pPIO)->KIER = 1<<1)
|
||||
|
||||
//disable keypad press interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadDisableKPIt(pPIO) ((pPIO)->KIDR = 1<<0)
|
||||
|
||||
//disable keypad release interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadDisableKRIt(pPIO) ((pPIO)->KIDR = 1<<1)
|
||||
|
||||
//enable keypad controller interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadEnableIt(pPIO, mode) {switch(mode):\
|
||||
case 1:PIO_KeyPadEnableKPIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
case 2:PIO_KeyPadEnableKRIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
case 3:PIO_KeyPadEnableKPIt(pPIO);\
|
||||
PIO_KeyPadEnableKRIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
default:break;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//disable keypad controller interrupt
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadDisableIt(pPIO, mode) {switch(mode):\
|
||||
case 1:PIO_KeyPadDisableKPIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
case 2:PIO_KeyPadDisableKRIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
case 3:PIO_KeyPadDisableKPIt(pPIO);\
|
||||
PIO_KeyPadDisableKRIt(pPIO);break;\
|
||||
default:break;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//get keypad controller interrupt mask
|
||||
#define PIO_KeyPadGetItMask(pPIO) ((pPIO)->PIO_KIMR)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Calculates the size of an array of Pin instances. The array must be defined
|
||||
/// locally (i.e. not a pointer), otherwise the computation will not be correct.
|
||||
/// \param pPins Local array of Pin instances.
|
||||
/// \return Number of elements in array.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define PIO_LISTSIZE(pPins) (sizeof(pPins) / sizeof(Pin))
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
FALSE,
|
||||
TRUE
|
||||
} bool;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _KeyPadConfig {
|
||||
bool enable;//keypad controller enable or disable
|
||||
unsigned char col:3;//config column size
|
||||
unsigned char row:3;//config row size
|
||||
unsigned int debouncing;//config debouncing
|
||||
} KeyPadConfig;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _KeyColRow {
|
||||
unsigned char row:3;
|
||||
unsigned char col:3;
|
||||
} KeyColRow;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _KeyDownEvent {
|
||||
bool press;//at least 1 pressed key detected, or 0
|
||||
unsigned char keyPressNum;//simultaneously pressed key number
|
||||
KeyColRow preKeyMatrix[4];//pressed key matrix
|
||||
} KeyDownEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _KeyUpEvent {
|
||||
bool release;//at least 1 released key detected, or 0
|
||||
unsigned char keyRelNum;//simultaneously released key number
|
||||
KeyColRow relKeyMatrix[4];//released key matrix
|
||||
} KeyUpEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _KeyEvent {
|
||||
KeyDownEvent kdEvent;
|
||||
KeyUpEvent kuEvent;
|
||||
} KeyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Access Macros
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void PIO_KeyPadConfig(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, KeyPadConfig *config);
|
||||
|
||||
void PIO_GetKeyStatus(AT91S_PIO *pPIO, KeyEvent *event);
|
||||
|
||||
void PIO_KeypadEnableIt(AT91S_PIO *pio, unsigned int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
void PIO_KeypadDisableIt(AT91S_PIO *pio, unsigned int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef PIO_KEYPAD_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pmc.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Local definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define MASK_STATUS0 0xFFFFFFFC
|
||||
#define MASK_STATUS1 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the clock of a peripheral. The peripheral ID is used
|
||||
* to identify which peripheral is targetted.
|
||||
* \note The ID must NOT be shifted (i.e. 1 << ID_xxx).
|
||||
* \param id Peripheral ID (ID_xxx).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PMC_EnablePeripheral(unsigned int id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(id < 35);
|
||||
if (id < 32) {
|
||||
if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & (1 << id)) == (1 << id)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PMC_EnablePeripheral: clock of peripheral" " %u is already enabled\n\r", id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = 1 << id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
id -= 32;
|
||||
if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR1 & (1 << id)) == (1 << id)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PMC_EnablePeripheral: clock of peripheral" " %u is already enabled\n\r", id + 32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER1 = 1 << id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the clock of a peripheral. The peripheral ID is used
|
||||
* to identify which peripheral is targetted.
|
||||
* \note The ID must NOT be shifted (i.e. 1 << ID_xxx).
|
||||
* \param id Peripheral ID (ID_xxx).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PMC_DisablePeripheral(unsigned int id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(id < 35);
|
||||
if (id < 32) {
|
||||
if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & (1 << id)) != (1 << id)) {
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PMC_DisablePeripheral: clock of peripheral" " %u is not enabled\n\r", id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCDR0 = 1 << id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
id -= 32;
|
||||
if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR1 & (1 << id)) != (1 << id)) {
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("PMC_DisablePeripheral: clock of peripheral" " %u is not enabled\n\r", id + 32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCDR1 = 1 << id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enable all the periph clock via PMC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PMC_EnableAllPeripherals(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = MASK_STATUS0;
|
||||
while( (PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & MASK_STATUS0) != MASK_STATUS0);
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER1 = MASK_STATUS1;
|
||||
while( (PMC->PMC_PCSR1 & MASK_STATUS1) != MASK_STATUS1);
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Enable all periph clocks\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disable all the periph clock via PMC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PMC_DisableAllPeripherals(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCDR0 = MASK_STATUS0;
|
||||
while((PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & MASK_STATUS0) != 0);
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCDR1 = MASK_STATUS1;
|
||||
while((PMC->PMC_PCSR1 & MASK_STATUS1) != 0);
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Disable all periph clocks\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get Periph Status for the given peripheral ID.
|
||||
* \param id Peripheral ID (ID_xxx).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int PMC_IsPeriphEnabled(unsigned int id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(id < 35);
|
||||
if (id < 32) {
|
||||
return (PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & (1 << id));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return (PMC->PMC_PCSR1 & (1 << (id - 32)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PMC_H
|
||||
#define PMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(at91sam7l64) || defined(at91sam7l128)
|
||||
extern void PMC_SetFastWakeUpInputs(unsigned int inputs);
|
||||
extern void PMC_DisableMainOscillator(void);
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#ifdef __ICCARM__
|
||||
__ramfunc
|
||||
#endif //__ICCARM__
|
||||
void PMC_DisableMainOscillatorForWaitMode(void);
|
||||
#endif // at91sam7l64 at91sam7l128
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PMC_DisableProcessorClock(void);
|
||||
extern void PMC_EnablePeripheral(unsigned int id);
|
||||
extern void PMC_DisablePeripheral(unsigned int id);
|
||||
extern void PMC_CPUInIdleMode(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PMC_EnableAllPeripherals(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PMC_DisableAllPeripherals(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned int PMC_IsAllPeriphEnabled(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned int PMC_IsPeriphEnabled(unsigned int id);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef PMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup pwm_module Working with PWM
|
||||
* The PWM driver provides the interface to configure and use the PWM
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The PWM macrocell controls square output waveforms of 4 channels.
|
||||
* Characteristics of output waveforms such as period, duty-cycle,
|
||||
* dead-time can be configured.\n
|
||||
* Some of PWM channels can be linked together as synchronous channel and
|
||||
* duty-cycle of synchronous channels can be updated by PDC automaticly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Before enabling the channels, they must have been configured first.
|
||||
* The main settings include:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Configuration of the clock generator.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Selection of the clock for each channel.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Configuration of output waveform characteristics, such as period, duty-cycle etc.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Configuration for synchronous channels if needed.</li>
|
||||
* - Selection of the synchronous channels.
|
||||
* - Selection of the moment when the WRDY flag and the corresponding PDC
|
||||
* transfer request are set (PTRM and PTRCS in the PWM_SCM register).
|
||||
* - Configuration of the update mode (UPDM in the PWM_SCM register).
|
||||
* - Configuration of the update period (UPR in the PWM_SCUP register).
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After the channels is enabled, the user must use respective update registers
|
||||
* to change the wave characteristics to prevent unexpected output waveform.
|
||||
* i.e. PWM_CDTYUPDx register should be used if user want to change duty-cycle
|
||||
* when the channel is enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the PWM section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref pwmc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref pwmc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of the Pulse Width Modulation Controller (PWM) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers were introduced in C99 by working group ISO/IEC JTC1/SC22/WG14. */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pwmc.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Finds a prescaler/divisor couple to generate the desired frequency
|
||||
* from MCK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns the value to enter in PWM_CLK or 0 if the configuration cannot be
|
||||
* met.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param frequency Desired frequency in Hz.
|
||||
* \param mck Master clock frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint16_t FindClockConfiguration(
|
||||
uint32_t frequency,
|
||||
uint32_t mck)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t divisors[11] = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024};
|
||||
uint8_t divisor = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t prescaler;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(frequency < mck);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find prescaler and divisor values */
|
||||
prescaler = (mck / divisors[divisor]) / frequency;
|
||||
while ((prescaler > 255) && (divisor < 11)) {
|
||||
|
||||
divisor++;
|
||||
prescaler = (mck / divisors[divisor]) / frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return result */
|
||||
if (divisor < 11) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Found divisor=%u and prescaler=%u for freq=%uHz\n\r",
|
||||
divisors[divisor], prescaler, frequency);
|
||||
return prescaler | (divisor << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures PWM a channel with the given parameters, basic configure function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The PWM controller must have been clocked in the PMC prior to calling this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* Beware: this function disables the channel. It waits until disable is effective.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param prescaler Channel prescaler.
|
||||
* \param alignment Channel alignment.
|
||||
* \param polarity Channel polarity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureChannel(
|
||||
uint8_t channel,
|
||||
uint32_t prescaler,
|
||||
uint32_t alignment,
|
||||
uint32_t polarity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(prescaler < PWM_CMR0_CPRE_MCKB);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((alignment & ~PWM_CMR0_CALG) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((polarity & ~PWM_CMR0_CPOL) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable channel (effective at the end of the current period) */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) != 0) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_DIS = 1 << channel;
|
||||
while ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure channel */
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CMR = prescaler | alignment | polarity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures PWM a channel with the given parameters, extend configure function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The PWM controller must have been clocked in the PMC prior to calling this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* Beware: this function disables the channel. It waits until disable is effective.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param prescaler Channel prescaler.
|
||||
* \param alignment Channel alignment.
|
||||
* \param polarity Channel polarity.
|
||||
* \param countEventSelect Channel counter event selection.
|
||||
* \param DTEnable Channel dead time generator enable.
|
||||
* \param DTHInverte Channel Dead-Time PWMHx output Inverted.
|
||||
* \param DTLInverte Channel Dead-Time PWMHx output Inverted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureChannelExt(
|
||||
uint8_t channel,
|
||||
uint32_t prescaler,
|
||||
uint32_t alignment,
|
||||
uint32_t polarity,
|
||||
uint32_t countEventSelect,
|
||||
uint32_t DTEnable,
|
||||
uint32_t DTHInverte,
|
||||
uint32_t DTLInverte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(prescaler < PWM_CMR0_CPRE_MCKB);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((alignment & ~PWM_CMR0_CALG) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((polarity & ~PWM_CMR0_CPOL) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((countEventSelect & ~PWM_CMR0_CES) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((DTEnable & ~PWM_CMR0_DTE) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((DTHInverte & ~PWM_CMR0_DTHI) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((DTLInverte & ~PWM_CMR0_DTLI) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable channel (effective at the end of the current period) */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) != 0) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_DIS = 1 << channel;
|
||||
while ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure channel */
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CMR = prescaler | alignment | polarity |
|
||||
countEventSelect | DTEnable | DTHInverte | DTLInverte;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures PWM clocks A & B to run at the given frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function finds the best MCK divisor and prescaler values automatically.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param clka Desired clock A frequency (0 if not used).
|
||||
* \param clkb Desired clock B frequency (0 if not used).
|
||||
* \param mck Master clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureClocks(uint32_t clka, uint32_t clkb, uint32_t mck)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t mode = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t result;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clock A */
|
||||
if (clka != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
result = FindClockConfiguration(clka, mck);
|
||||
ASSERT(result != 0, "-F- Could not generate the desired PWM frequency (%uHz)\n\r", (unsigned int)clka);
|
||||
mode |= result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clock B */
|
||||
if (clkb != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
result = FindClockConfiguration(clkb, mck);
|
||||
ASSERT(result != 0, "-F- Could not generate the desired PWM frequency (%uHz)\n\r", (unsigned int)clkb);
|
||||
mode |= (result << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure clocks */
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Setting PWM_CLK = 0x%08X\n\r", mode);
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CLK = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the period value used by a PWM channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function writes directly to the CPRD register if the channel is disabled;
|
||||
* otherwise, it uses the update register CPRDUPD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param period Period value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetPeriod(uint8_t channel, uint16_t period)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If channel is disabled, write to CPRD */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CPRD = period;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Otherwise use update register */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CPRDUPD = period;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the duty cycle used by a PWM channel.
|
||||
* This function writes directly to the CDTY register if the channel is disabled;
|
||||
* otherwise it uses the update register CDTYUPD.
|
||||
* Note that the duty cycle must always be inferior or equal to the channel
|
||||
* period.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param duty Duty cycle value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetDutyCycle(uint8_t channel, uint16_t duty)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(duty <= PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CPRD);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If channel is disabled, write to CDTY */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CDTY = duty;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Otherwise use update register */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CDTYUPD = duty;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the dead time used by a PWM channel.
|
||||
* This function writes directly to the DT register if the channel is disabled;
|
||||
* otherwise it uses the update register DTUPD.
|
||||
* Note that the dead time must always be inferior or equal to the channel
|
||||
* period.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param timeH Dead time value for PWMHx output.
|
||||
* \param timeL Dead time value for PWMLx output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetDeadTime(uint8_t channel, uint16_t timeH, uint16_t timeL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(timeH <= PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CPRD);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(timeL <= PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_CPRD);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If channel is disabled, write to DT */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_DT = timeH | (timeL << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Otherwise use update register */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[channel].PWM_DTUPD = timeH | (timeL << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures Syncronous channel with the given parameters.
|
||||
* Beware: At this time, the channels should be disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channels Bitwise OR of Syncronous channels.
|
||||
* \param updateMode Syncronous channel update mode.
|
||||
* \param requestMode PDC transfer request mode.
|
||||
* \param requestComparisonSelect PDC transfer request comparison selection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureSyncChannel(
|
||||
uint32_t channels,
|
||||
uint32_t updateMode,
|
||||
uint32_t requestMode,
|
||||
uint32_t requestComparisonSelect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_SCM = channels | updateMode | requestMode
|
||||
| requestComparisonSelect;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the update period of the synchronous channels.
|
||||
* This function writes directly to the SCUP register if the channel #0 is disabled;
|
||||
* otherwise it uses the update register SCUPUPD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param period update period.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdatePeriod(uint8_t period)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If channel is disabled, write to SCUP */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << 0)) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_SCUP = period;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Otherwise use update register */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_SCUPUPD = period;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets synchronous channels update unlock.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If the UPDM field is set to 0, writing the UPDULOCK bit to 1
|
||||
* triggers the update of the period value, the duty-cycle and
|
||||
* the dead-time values of synchronous channels at the beginning
|
||||
* of the next PWM period. If the field UPDM is set to 1 or 2,
|
||||
* writing the UPDULOCK bit to 1 triggers only the update of
|
||||
* the period value and of the dead-time values of synchronous channels.
|
||||
* This bit is automatically reset when the update is done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdateUnlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_SCUC = PWM_SCUC_UPDULOCK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the given PWM channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does NOT enable the corresponding pin;this must be done in the user code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_EnableChannel(uint8_t channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_ENA = 1 << channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the given PWM channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Beware, channel will be effectively disabled at the end of the current period.
|
||||
* Application can check channel is disabled using the following wait loop:
|
||||
* while ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << channel)) != 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_DisableChannel(uint8_t channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_DIS = 1 << channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the period interrupt for the given PWM channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_EnableChannelIt(uint8_t channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IER1 = 1 << channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the period interrupt for the given PWM channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_DisableChannelIt(uint8_t channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IDR1 = 1 << channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the selected interrupts sources on a PWMC peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sources1 Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources of PWM_IER1.
|
||||
* \param sources2 Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources of PWM_IER2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_EnableIt(uint32_t sources1, uint32_t sources2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IER1 = sources1;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IER2 = sources2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the selected interrupts sources on a PWMC peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sources1 Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources of PWM_IDR1.
|
||||
* \param sources2 Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources of PWM_IDR2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_DisableIt(uint32_t sources1, uint32_t sources2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IDR1 = sources1;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_IDR2 = sources2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends the contents of buffer through a PWMC peripheral, using the PDC to
|
||||
* take care of the transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Duty cycle of syncronous channels can update by PDC
|
||||
* when the field UPDM (Update Mode) in the PWM_SCM register is set to 2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pwmc Pointer to an Pwm instance.
|
||||
* \param buffer Data buffer to send.
|
||||
* \param length Length of the data buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t PWMC_WriteBuffer(Pwm *pwmc,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if first bank is free */
|
||||
if (pwmc->PWM_TCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
pwmc->PWM_TPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
pwmc->PWM_TCR = length;
|
||||
pwmc->PWM_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_TXTEN;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if second bank is free */
|
||||
else if (pwmc->PWM_TNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
pwmc->PWM_TNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
pwmc->PWM_TNCR = length;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* No free banks */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set PWM output override value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param value Bitwise OR of output override value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetOverrideValue(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_OOV = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enalbe override output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param value Bitwise OR of output selection.
|
||||
* \param sync 0: enable the output asyncronously, 1: enable it syncronously
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_EnableOverrideOutput(uint32_t value, uint32_t sync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sync) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_OSSUPD = value;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_OSS = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disalbe override output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param value Bitwise OR of output selection.
|
||||
* \param sync 0: enable the output asyncronously, 1: enable it syncronously
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_DisableOverrideOutput(uint32_t value, uint32_t sync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sync) {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_OSCUPD = value;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_OSC = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set PWM fault mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mode Bitwise OR of fault mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetFaultMode(uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_FMR = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief PWM fault clear.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param fault Bitwise OR of fault to clear.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_FaultClear(uint32_t fault)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_FCR = fault;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Set PWM fault protection value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param value Bitwise OR of fault protection value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_SetFaultProtectionValue(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_FPV = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enable PWM fault protection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param value Bitwise OR of FPEx[y].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_EnableFaultProtection(uint32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PWM->PWM_FPE = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configure comparison unit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x comparison x index
|
||||
* \param value comparison x value.
|
||||
* \param mode comparison x mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureComparisonUnit(uint32_t x, uint32_t value, uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If channel is disabled, write to CMPxM & CMPxV */
|
||||
if ((PWM->PWM_SR & (1 << 0)) == 0) {
|
||||
if (x == 0) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP0M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP0V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 1) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP1M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP1V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 2) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP2M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP2V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 3) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP3M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP3V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 4) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP4M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP4V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 5) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP5M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP5V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 6) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP6M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP6V = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 7) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP7M = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP7V = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Otherwise use update register */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (x == 0) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP0MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP0VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 1) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP1MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP1VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 2) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP2MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP2VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 3) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP3MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP3VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 4) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP4MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP4VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 5) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP5MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP5VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 6) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP6MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP6VUPD = value;
|
||||
} else if (x == 7) {
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP7MUPD = mode;
|
||||
PWM->PWM_CMP7VUPD = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configure event line mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param x Line x
|
||||
* \param mode Bitwise OR of line mode selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PWMC_ConfigureEventLineMode(uint32_t x, uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(x < 2);
|
||||
|
||||
PWM->PWM_ELxMR[x] = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Pulse Width Modulation Controller (PWM) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Configures PWM clocks A & B to run at the given frequencies using
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_ConfigureClocks().
|
||||
* -# Configure PWMC channel using \ref PWMC_ConfigureChannel(), \ref PWMC_ConfigureChannelExt()
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_SetPeriod(), \ref PWMC_SetDutyCycle() and \ref PWMC_SetDeadTime().
|
||||
* -# Enable & disable channel using \ref PWMC_EnableChannel() and
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_DisableChannel().
|
||||
* -# Enable & disable the period interrupt for the given PWM channel using
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_EnableChannelIt() and \ref PWMC_DisableChannelIt().
|
||||
* -# Enable & disable the selected interrupts sources on a PWMC peripheral
|
||||
* using \ref PWMC_EnableIt() and \ref PWMC_DisableIt().
|
||||
* -# Control syncronous channel using \ref PWMC_ConfigureSyncChannel(),
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdatePeriod() and \ref PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdateUnlock().
|
||||
* -# Control PWM override output using \ref PWMC_SetOverrideValue(),
|
||||
* \ref PWMC_EnableOverrideOutput() and \ref PWMC_DisableOverrideOutput().
|
||||
* -# \ref Send data through the transmitter using \ref PWMC_WriteBuffer().
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PWMC_H
|
||||
#define PWMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* PWM sub-bit field definition. begin */
|
||||
/* TODO: remove them when AT91SAM3S4.h have the definitions. */
|
||||
// PWM_CMRx
|
||||
#define PWM_CMR0_CPRE_MCKA (0xB) // (PWMC_CH)
|
||||
#define PWM_CMR0_CPRE_MCKB (0xC) // (PWMC_CH)
|
||||
#define PWM_CMR1_CPRE_MCKA (0xB) // (PWMC_CH)
|
||||
#define PWM_CMR2_CPRE_MCKA (0xB) // (PWMC_CH)
|
||||
// PWM_SCM
|
||||
#define PWM_SCM_UPDM_MODE0 (0x0 << 16) // (PWMC) Manual write of data and manual trigger of the update
|
||||
#define PWM_SCM_UPDM_MODE1 (0x1 << 16) // (PWMC) Manual write of data and automatic trigger of the update
|
||||
#define PWM_SCM_UPDM_MODE2 (0x2 << 16) // (PWMC) Automatic write of data and automatic trigger of the update
|
||||
/* end */
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureChannel(
|
||||
uint8_t channel,
|
||||
uint32_t prescaler,
|
||||
uint32_t alignment,
|
||||
uint32_t polarity);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureChannelExt(
|
||||
uint8_t channel,
|
||||
uint32_t prescaler,
|
||||
uint32_t alignment,
|
||||
uint32_t polarity,
|
||||
uint32_t countEventSelect,
|
||||
uint32_t DTEnable,
|
||||
uint32_t DTHInverte,
|
||||
uint32_t DTLInverte);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureClocks
|
||||
(uint32_t clka,
|
||||
uint32_t clkb,
|
||||
uint32_t mck);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetPeriod(uint8_t channel, uint16_t period);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetDutyCycle(uint8_t channel, uint16_t duty);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetDeadTime(uint8_t channel, uint16_t timeH, uint16_t timeL);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureSyncChannel(
|
||||
uint32_t channels,
|
||||
uint32_t updateMode,
|
||||
uint32_t requestMode,
|
||||
uint32_t requestComparisonSelect);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdatePeriod(uint8_t period);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetSyncChannelUpdateUnlock(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_EnableChannel(uint8_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_DisableChannel(uint8_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_EnableChannelIt(uint8_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_DisableChannelIt(uint8_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_EnableIt(uint32_t sources1, uint32_t sources2);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_DisableIt(uint32_t sources1, uint32_t sources2);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t PWMC_WriteBuffer(Pwm *pwmc,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetOverrideValue(uint32_t value);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_EnableOverrideOutput(uint32_t value, uint32_t sync);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_DisableOverrideOutput(uint32_t value, uint32_t sync);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetFaultMode(uint32_t mode);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_FaultClear(uint32_t fault);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_SetFaultProtectionValue(uint32_t value);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_EnableFaultProtection(uint32_t value);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureComparisonUnit(uint32_t x, uint32_t value, uint32_t mode);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void PWMC_ConfigureEventLineMode(uint32_t x, uint32_t mode);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef PWMC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
QTouch library for AT91SAM3S-EK board version A.
|
||||
Modified board.
|
||||
|
||||
Burst pulses 5 CPU cycles wide.
|
||||
|
||||
Slider on pins PA0, PA1, PA2, PA3, PA4, PA5
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
QTouch library for AT91SAM3S-EK board version A.
|
||||
Modified board.
|
||||
|
||||
Burst pulses 5 CPU cycles wide.
|
||||
|
||||
A Valid key on pins PC22 and PC23
|
||||
A UP key on pins PC24 and PC25
|
||||
A Down key on pins PC26 and PC27
|
||||
A Left key on pins PC28 and PC29
|
||||
A right key on pins PC30 and PC31
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
QTouch library for AT91SAM3S-EK board version B.
|
||||
|
||||
Burst pulses 5 CPU cycles wide.
|
||||
|
||||
Slider on pins PA0, PA1, PA2, PA3, PA4, PA5
|
||||
|
||||
A Valid key on pins PC22 and PC23
|
||||
A UP key on pins PC24 and PC25
|
||||
A Down key on pins PC26 and PC27
|
||||
A Left key on pins PC28 and PC29
|
||||
A right key on pins PC30 and PC31
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup rtc_module Working with RTC
|
||||
* The RTC driver provides the interface to configure and use the RTC
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It manages date, time, and alarms.\n
|
||||
* This timer is clocked by the 32kHz system clock, and is not impacted by
|
||||
* power management settings (PMC). To be accurate, it is better to use an
|
||||
* external 32kHz crystal instead of the internal 32kHz RC.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It uses BCD format, and time can be set in AM/PM or 24h mode through a
|
||||
* configuration bit in the mode register.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To update date or time, the user has to follow these few steps :
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Set UPDTIM and/or UPDCAL bit(s) in RTC_CR,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Polling or IRQ on the ACKUPD bit of RTC_CR,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Clear ACKUPD bit in RTC_SCCR,</li>
|
||||
* <li>Update Time and/or Calendar values in RTC_TIMR/RTC_CALR (BCD format),</li>
|
||||
* <li>Clear UPDTIM and/or UPDCAL bit in RTC_CR.</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
* An alarm can be set to happen on month, date, hours, minutes or seconds,
|
||||
* by setting the proper "Enable" bit of each of these fields in the Time and
|
||||
* Calendar registers.
|
||||
* This allows a large number of configurations to be available for the user.
|
||||
* Alarm occurence can be detected even by polling or interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A check of the validity of the date and time format and values written by the user is automatically done.
|
||||
* Errors are reported through the Valid Entry Register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the RTC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref rtc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref rtc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Real Time Clock (RTC) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers were introduced in C99 by working group ISO/IEC JTC1/SC22/WG14. */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rtc.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the RTC in either 12 or 24 hour mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mode Hour mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_SetHourMode(uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((mode & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_SetHourMode()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
RTC->RTC_MR = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Gets the RTC mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Hour mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetHourMode( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t hmode;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_SetHourMode()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
hmode = RTC->RTC_MR;
|
||||
hmode &= 0xFFFFFFFE;
|
||||
|
||||
return hmode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the selected interrupt sources of the RTC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sources Interrupt sources to enable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_EnableIt(uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sources & ~0x1F) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_EnableIt()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
RTC->RTC_IER = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the selected interrupt sources of the RTC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sources Interrupt sources to disable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_DisableIt(uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sources & ~0x1F) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_DisableIt()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
RTC->RTC_IDR = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the current time in the RTC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param hour Current hour in 12 or 24 hour mode.
|
||||
* \param minute Current minute.
|
||||
* \param second Current second.
|
||||
* \return 0 sucess, 1 fail to set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int RTC_SetTime(uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t time=0;
|
||||
uint8_t hour_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t min_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t sec_bcd;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_SetTime(%02d:%02d:%02d)\n\r", hour, minute, second);
|
||||
|
||||
/* if 12-hour mode, set AMPM bit */
|
||||
if ((RTC->RTC_MR & RTC_MR_HRMOD) == RTC_MR_HRMOD) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (hour > 12) {
|
||||
|
||||
hour -= 12;
|
||||
time |= RTC_TIMR_AMPM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
hour_bcd = (hour%10) | ((hour/10)<<4);
|
||||
min_bcd = (minute%10) | ((minute/10)<<4);
|
||||
sec_bcd = (second%10) | ((second/10)<<4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* value overflow */
|
||||
if((hour_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_HOUR_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(min_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_MIN_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(sec_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_SEC_BIT_LEN_MASK)))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
time = sec_bcd | (min_bcd << 8) | (hour_bcd<<16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set time */
|
||||
while ((RTC->RTC_SR & RTC_SR_SEC) != RTC_SR_SEC); /* wait from previous set */
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CR |= RTC_CR_UPDTIM;
|
||||
while ((RTC->RTC_SR & RTC_SR_ACKUPD) != RTC_SR_ACKUPD);
|
||||
RTC->RTC_SCCR = RTC_SCCR_ACKCLR;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_TIMR = time;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CR &= ~RTC_CR_UPDTIM;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_SCCR |= RTC_SCCR_SECCLR; /* clear SECENV in SCCR */
|
||||
|
||||
return (int)(RTC->RTC_VER & RTC_VER_NVTIM);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Retrieves the current time as stored in the RTC in several variables.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pHour If not null, current hour is stored in this variable.
|
||||
* \param pMinute If not null, current minute is stored in this variable.
|
||||
* \param pSecond If not null, current second is stored in this variable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_GetTime(
|
||||
uint8_t *pHour,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMinute,
|
||||
uint8_t *pSecond)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t time;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_GetTime()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get current RTC time */
|
||||
time = RTC->RTC_TIMR;
|
||||
while (time != RTC->RTC_TIMR) {
|
||||
|
||||
time = RTC->RTC_TIMR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hour */
|
||||
if (pHour) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pHour = ((time & 0x00300000) >> 20) * 10
|
||||
+ ((time & 0x000F0000) >> 16);
|
||||
if ((time & RTC_TIMR_AMPM) == RTC_TIMR_AMPM) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pHour += 12;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Minute */
|
||||
if (pMinute) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pMinute = ((time & 0x00007000) >> 12) * 10
|
||||
+ ((time & 0x00000F00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Second */
|
||||
if (pSecond) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pSecond = ((time & 0x00000070) >> 4) * 10
|
||||
+ (time & 0x0000000F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets a time alarm on the RTC.
|
||||
* The match is performed only on the provided variables;
|
||||
* Setting all pointers to 0 disables the time alarm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note In AM/PM mode, the hour value must have bit #7 set for PM, cleared for
|
||||
* AM (as expected in the time registers).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pHour If not null, the time alarm will hour-match this value.
|
||||
* \param pMinute If not null, the time alarm will minute-match this value.
|
||||
* \param pSecond If not null, the time alarm will second-match this value.
|
||||
* \return 0 success, 1 fail to set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int RTC_SetTimeAlarm(
|
||||
uint8_t *pHour,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMinute,
|
||||
uint8_t *pSecond)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t alarm = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_SetTimeAlarm()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hour */
|
||||
if (pHour) {
|
||||
|
||||
alarm |= RTC_TIMALR_HOUREN | ((*pHour / 10) << 20) | ((*pHour % 10) << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Minute */
|
||||
if (pMinute) {
|
||||
|
||||
alarm |= RTC_TIMALR_MINEN | ((*pMinute / 10) << 12) | ((*pMinute % 10) << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Second */
|
||||
if (pSecond) {
|
||||
|
||||
alarm |= RTC_TIMALR_SECEN | ((*pSecond / 10) << 4) | (*pSecond % 10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RTC->RTC_TIMALR = alarm;
|
||||
|
||||
return (int)(RTC->RTC_VER & RTC_VER_NVTIMALR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Retrieves the current year, month and day from the RTC.
|
||||
* Month, day and week values are numbered starting at 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pYear Current year (optional).
|
||||
* \param pMonth Current month (optional).
|
||||
* \param pDay Current day (optional).
|
||||
* \param pWeek Current day in current week (optional).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_GetDate(
|
||||
unsigned short *pYear,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMonth,
|
||||
uint8_t *pDay,
|
||||
uint8_t *pWeek)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t date;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get current date (multiple reads are necessary to insure a stable value) */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
|
||||
date = RTC->RTC_CALR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (date != RTC->RTC_CALR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve year */
|
||||
if (pYear) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pYear = (((date >> 4) & 0x7) * 1000)
|
||||
+ ((date & 0xF) * 100)
|
||||
+ (((date >> 12) & 0xF) * 10)
|
||||
+ ((date >> 8) & 0xF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve month */
|
||||
if (pMonth) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pMonth = (((date >> 20) & 1) * 10) + ((date >> 16) & 0xF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve day */
|
||||
if (pDay) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pDay = (((date >> 28) & 0x3) * 10) + ((date >> 24) & 0xF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve week */
|
||||
if (pWeek) {
|
||||
|
||||
*pWeek = ((date >> 21) & 0x7);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the current year, month and day in the RTC.
|
||||
* Month, day and week values must be numbered starting from 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param year Current year.
|
||||
* \param month Current month.
|
||||
* \param day Current day.
|
||||
* \param week Day number in current week.
|
||||
* \return 0 success, 1 fail to set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int RTC_SetDate(
|
||||
unsigned short year,
|
||||
uint8_t month,
|
||||
uint8_t day,
|
||||
uint8_t week)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t date;
|
||||
uint8_t cent_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t year_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t month_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t day_bcd;
|
||||
uint8_t week_bcd;
|
||||
|
||||
cent_bcd = ((year/100)%10) | ((year/1000)<<4);
|
||||
year_bcd = (year%10) | (((year/10)%10)<<4);
|
||||
month_bcd = ((month%10) | (month/10)<<4);
|
||||
day_bcd = ((day%10) | (day/10)<<4);
|
||||
week_bcd = ((week%10) | (week/10)<<4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* value over flow */
|
||||
if((cent_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_CENT_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(year_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_YEAR_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(month_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_MONTH_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(week_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_WEEK_BIT_LEN_MASK)) |
|
||||
(day_bcd & (uint8_t)(~RTC_DATE_BIT_LEN_MASK)))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert values to date register value */
|
||||
date = cent_bcd |
|
||||
(year_bcd << 8) |
|
||||
(month_bcd << 16) |
|
||||
(week_bcd << 21) |
|
||||
(day_bcd << 24);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update calendar register */
|
||||
while ((RTC->RTC_SR & RTC_SR_SEC) != RTC_SR_SEC); /* wait from previous set */
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CR |= RTC_CR_UPDCAL;
|
||||
while ((RTC->RTC_SR & RTC_SR_ACKUPD) != RTC_SR_ACKUPD);
|
||||
RTC->RTC_SCCR = RTC_SCCR_ACKCLR;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CALR = date;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CR &= ~RTC_CR_UPDCAL;
|
||||
RTC->RTC_SCCR |= RTC_SCCR_SECCLR; /* clear SECENV in SCCR */
|
||||
|
||||
return (int)(RTC->RTC_VER & RTC_VER_NVCAL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets a date alarm in the RTC.
|
||||
* The alarm will match only the provided values;
|
||||
* Passing a null-pointer disables the corresponding field match.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pMonth If not null, the RTC alarm will month-match this value.
|
||||
* \param pDay If not null, the RTC alarm will day-match this value.
|
||||
* \return 0 success, 1 fail to set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int RTC_SetDateAlarm(uint8_t *pMonth, uint8_t *pDay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t alarm;
|
||||
|
||||
alarm = ((pMonth) || (pDay)) ? (0) : (0x01010000);
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("RTC_SetDateAlarm()\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute alarm field value */
|
||||
if (pMonth) {
|
||||
|
||||
alarm |= RTC_CALALR_MTHEN | ((*pMonth / 10) << 20) | ((*pMonth % 10) << 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pDay) {
|
||||
|
||||
alarm |= RTC_CALALR_DATEEN | ((*pDay / 10) << 28) | ((*pDay % 10) << 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set alarm */
|
||||
RTC->RTC_CALALR = alarm;
|
||||
|
||||
return (int)(RTC->RTC_VER & RTC_VER_NVCALALR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Clear flag bits of status clear command register in the RTC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask Bits mask of cleared events
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_ClearSCCR(uint32_t mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear all flag bits in status clear command register */
|
||||
mask &= RTC_SCCR_ACKCLR | RTC_SCCR_ALRCLR | RTC_SCCR_SECCLR | \
|
||||
RTC_SCCR_TIMCLR | RTC_SCCR_CALCLR;
|
||||
|
||||
RTC->RTC_SCCR = mask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get flag bits of status register in the RTC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask Bits mask of Status Register
|
||||
* \return Status register & mask
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RTC_GetSR(uint32_t mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t event;
|
||||
|
||||
event = RTC->RTC_SR;
|
||||
|
||||
return (event & mask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for Real Time Clock (RTC) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RTC_H
|
||||
#define RTC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define RTC_HOUR_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x3F
|
||||
#define RTC_MIN_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x7F
|
||||
#define RTC_SEC_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x7F
|
||||
#define RTC_CENT_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x7F
|
||||
#define RTC_YEAR_BIT_LEN_MASK 0xFF
|
||||
#define RTC_MONTH_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x1F
|
||||
#define RTC_DATE_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x3F
|
||||
#define RTC_WEEK_BIT_LEN_MASK 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_SetHourMode(uint32_t mode);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t RTC_GetHourMode( void ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_EnableIt(uint32_t sources);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_DisableIt(uint32_t sources);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int RTC_SetTime(
|
||||
uint8_t hour,
|
||||
uint8_t minute,
|
||||
uint8_t second);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_GetTime(
|
||||
uint8_t *pHour,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMinute,
|
||||
uint8_t *pSecond);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int RTC_SetTimeAlarm(
|
||||
uint8_t *pHour,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMinute,
|
||||
uint8_t *pSecond);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_GetDate(
|
||||
unsigned short *pYear,
|
||||
uint8_t *pMonth,
|
||||
uint8_t *pDay,
|
||||
uint8_t *pWeek);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int RTC_SetDate(
|
||||
unsigned short year,
|
||||
uint8_t month,
|
||||
uint8_t day,
|
||||
uint8_t week);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int RTC_SetDateAlarm(uint8_t *pMonth, uint8_t *pDay);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTC_ClearSCCR(uint32_t mask);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t RTC_GetSR(uint32_t mask);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef RTC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup rtt_module Working with RTT
|
||||
* The RTT driver provides the interface to configure and use the RTT
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Real-time Timer is used to count elapsed seconds.\n
|
||||
* This timer is clocked by the 32kHz system clock divided by a programmable
|
||||
* 16-bit balue. To be accurate, it is better to use an
|
||||
* external 32kHz crystal instead of the internal 32kHz RC.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To count elapsed seconds, the user could follow these few steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li>Programming PTPRES in RTT_MR to feeding the timer with a 1Hz signal.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Writing the bit RTTRST in RTT_MR to restart the timer with new settings.</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An alarm can be set to happen on second by setting alarm value in RTT_AR.
|
||||
* Alarm occurence can be detected by polling or interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the RTT section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref rtt.c\n
|
||||
* \ref rtt.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Real Time Timer (RTT) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* These headers were introduced in C99 by working group ISO/IEC JTC1/SC22/WG14. */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rtt.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Changes the prescaler value of the given RTT and restarts it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function disables RTT interrupt sources.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param rtt Pointer to a Rtt instance.
|
||||
* \param prescaler Prescaler value for the RTT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTT_SetPrescaler(Rtt *rtt, uint16_t prescaler)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rtt->RTT_MR = (prescaler | RTT_MR_RTTRST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the current value of the RTT timer value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param rtt Pointer to a Rtt instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RTT_GetTime(Rtt *rtt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return rtt->RTT_VR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the specified RTT interrupt sources.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param rtt Pointer to a Rtt instance.
|
||||
* \param sources Bitmask of interrupts to enable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTT_EnableIT(Rtt *rtt, uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT((sources & 0x0004FFFF) == 0,
|
||||
"RTT_EnableIT: Wrong sources value.\n\r");
|
||||
rtt->RTT_MR |= sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the status register value of the given RTT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param rtt Pointer to an Rtt instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RTT_GetStatus(Rtt *rtt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return rtt->RTT_SR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures the RTT to generate an alarm at the given time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pRtt Pointer to an Rtt instance.
|
||||
* \param time Alarm time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTT_SetAlarm(Rtt *pRtt, uint32_t time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(time > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
pRtt->RTT_AR = time - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for Real Time Timer (RTT) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Changes the prescaler value of the given RTT and restarts it
|
||||
* using \ref RTT_SetPrescaler().
|
||||
* -# Get current value of the RTT using \ref RTT_GetTime().
|
||||
* -# Enables the specified RTT interrupt using \ref RTT_EnableIT().
|
||||
* -# Get the status register value of the given RTT using \ref RTT_GetStatus().
|
||||
* -# Configures the RTT to generate an alarm at the given time
|
||||
* using \ref RTT_SetAlarm().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RTT_H
|
||||
#define RTT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AT91C_BASE_RTTC
|
||||
#define AT91C_BASE_RTTC RTT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTT_SetPrescaler(Rtt *rtt, uint16_t prescaler);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t RTT_GetTime(Rtt *rtt);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTT_EnableIT(Rtt *rtt, uint32_t sources);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t RTT_GetStatus(Rtt *rtt);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RTT_SetAlarm(Rtt *pRtt, uint32_t time);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef RTT_H */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup at45d_module AT45 driver.
|
||||
* The AT45 Dataflash driver is based on the corresponding AT45 driver.
|
||||
* A AT45 instance has to be initialized using the Dataflash levle function
|
||||
* AT45_Configure(). AT45 Dataflash can be automatically detected using
|
||||
* the AT45_FindDevice() function. Then AT45 dataflash operations such as
|
||||
* read, write and erase DF can be launched using AT45_SendCommand function
|
||||
* with corresponding AT45 command set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \usage
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Reads data from the At45 at the specified address using AT45D_Read().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Writes data on the At45 at the specified address using AT45D_Write().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Erases a page of data at the given address using AT45D_Erase().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Poll until the At45 has completed of corresponding operations using
|
||||
* AT45D_WaitReady().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Retrieves and returns the At45 current using AT45D_GetStatus().</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref at45d.c\n
|
||||
* \ref at45d.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of At45 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi_at45.h"
|
||||
#include "at45d.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Wait for transfer to finish calling the SPI driver ISR (interrupts are
|
||||
* disabled).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void AT45D_Wait(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for transfer to finish*/
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
SPID_Handler(pAt45->pSpid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Waits for the At45 to be ready to accept new commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AT45D_WaitReady(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ready = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
/* Poll device until it is ready.*/
|
||||
while (!ready) {
|
||||
ready = AT45_STATUS_READY(AT45D_GetStatus(pAt45));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Retrieves and returns the At45 current status, or 0 if an error happened.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t AT45D_GetStatus(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint8_t status;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Issue a status register read command*/
|
||||
error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_STATUS_READ, 1, &status, 1, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- AT45_GetStatus: Failed to issue command.\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for command to terminate*/
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
AT45D_Wait(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads data from the At45 inside the provided buffer. Since a continuous
|
||||
* read command is used, there is no restriction on the buffer size and read address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
* \param pBuffer Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param size Number of bytes to read.
|
||||
* \param address Address at which data shall be read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AT45D_Read(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size,
|
||||
uint32_t address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pBuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Issue a continuous read array command.*/
|
||||
error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ_LEG, 8, pBuffer, size, address, 0, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- AT45_Read: Failed to issue command\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for the read command to execute.*/
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
AT45D_Wait(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Writes data on the At45 at the specified address. Only one page of
|
||||
* data is written that way; if the address is not at the beginning of the
|
||||
* page, the data is written starting from this address and wraps around to
|
||||
* the beginning of the page.
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
* \param pBuffer Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param size Number of bytes to write.
|
||||
* \param address Destination address on the At45.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AT45D_Write(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size,
|
||||
uint32_t address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pBuffer);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(size <= pAt45->pDesc->pageSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Issue a page write through buffer 1 command. */
|
||||
error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_PAGE_WRITE_BUF1, 4, pBuffer, size, address, 0, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- AT45_Write: Could not issue command.\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until the command is sent. */
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
AT45D_Wait(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until the At45 becomes ready again.*/
|
||||
AT45D_WaitReady(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Erases a page of data at the given address in the At45.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
* \param address Address of page to erase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AT45D_Erase(At45 *pAt45, uint32_t address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Issue a page erase command. */
|
||||
error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_PAGE_ERASE, 4, 0, 0, address, 0, 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- AT45_Erase: Could not issue command.\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for end of transfer. */
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
AT45D_Wait(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Poll until the At45 has completed the erase operation.*/
|
||||
AT45D_WaitReady(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configure power-of-2 binary page size in the At45.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to an AT45 driver instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AT45D_BinaryPage(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t error;
|
||||
uint8_t opcode[3]= {AT45_BINARY_PAGE};
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Issue a binary page command. */
|
||||
|
||||
error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_BINARY_PAGE_FIRST_OPCODE, 1, opcode, 3, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(!error, "-F- AT45_Erase: Could not issue command.\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for end of transfer.*/
|
||||
while (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
AT45D_Wait(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until the At45 becomes ready again.*/
|
||||
AT45D_WaitReady(pAt45);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of At45 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AT45D_H
|
||||
#define AT45D_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi_at45.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void AT45D_WaitReady(At45 *pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t AT45D_GetStatus(At45 *pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void AT45D_Read(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size,
|
||||
uint32_t address);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void AT45D_Write(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t *pBuffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size,
|
||||
uint32_t address);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void AT45D_Erase(At45 *pAt45, uint32_t address);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void AT45D_BinaryPage(At45 *pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef AT45D_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup spi_at45_module SPI AT45 driver.
|
||||
* The Dataflash driver is based on top of the corresponding Spi driver.
|
||||
* A Dataflash structure instance has to be initialized using the DF_Init
|
||||
* function. Then basic dataflash operations can be launched using macros such
|
||||
* as DF_continuous_read. These macros invoke the DF_Command() function which
|
||||
* invokes the DPI low driver using the SPI_SendCommand() function.
|
||||
* Beware to compute the dataflash internal address, the dataflash sector
|
||||
* description must be known (DataflashDesc). Dataflash can be automatically
|
||||
* detected using the DF_Scan() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \usage
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Initializes an AT45 instance and configures SPI chip select pin
|
||||
* using AT45_Configure(). </li>
|
||||
* <li> Detect DF and returns DF description corresponding to the device
|
||||
* connected using AT45_FindDevice().This function shall be called by
|
||||
* the application before AT45_SendCommand.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Sends a command to the DF through the SPI using AT45_SendCommand().
|
||||
* The command is identified by its command code and the number of
|
||||
* bytes to transfer.</li>
|
||||
* <li>Example code for sending command to write a page to DF. </li>
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* // Issue a page write through buffer 1 command
|
||||
* error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_PAGE_WRITE_BUF1, 4,
|
||||
* pBuffer, size, address, 0, 0);
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
* <li>Example code for sending command to read a page from DF.
|
||||
* If data needs to be received, then a data buffer must be
|
||||
* provided.</li>
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* // Issue a continuous read array command
|
||||
* error = AT45_SendCommand(pAt45, AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ_LEG, 8,
|
||||
* pBuffer, size, address, 0, 0);
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
* <li> This function does not block; its optional callback will
|
||||
* be invoked when the transfer completes.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Check the AT45 driver is ready or not by polling AT45_IsBusy().
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref spi_at45.c\n
|
||||
* \ref spi_at45.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of SPI At45 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi_at45.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Internal definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of dataflash which can be recognized.*/
|
||||
#define NUMDATAFLASH (sizeof(at45Devices) / sizeof(At45Desc))
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** indicate if the device is configured as binary page or not.*/
|
||||
static uint8_t configuredBinaryPage;
|
||||
|
||||
/** At45 device descriptor structure. */
|
||||
static const At45Desc at45Devices[] = {
|
||||
{ 512, 1, 264, 9, 0x0C, "AT45DB011D"},
|
||||
{ 1024, 1, 264, 9, 0x14, "AT45DB021D"},
|
||||
{ 2048, 1, 264, 9, 0x1C, "AT45DB041D"},
|
||||
{ 4096, 1, 264, 9, 0x24, "AT45DB081D"},
|
||||
{ 4096, 1, 528, 10, 0x2C, "AT45DB161D"},
|
||||
{ 8192, 1, 528, 10, 0x34, "AT45DB321D"},
|
||||
{ 8192, 1, 1056, 11, 0x3C, "AT45DB642D"},
|
||||
{16384, 1, 1056, 11, 0x10, "AT45DB1282"},
|
||||
{16384, 1, 2112, 12, 0x18, "AT45DB2562"},
|
||||
{32768, 1, 2112, 12, 0x20, "AT45DB5122"}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes an AT45 instance and configures SPI chip select register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to the At45 instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to the underlying SPI driver.
|
||||
* \param spiCs Chip select value to connect to the At45.
|
||||
* \return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t AT45_Configure(At45 *pAt45, Spid *pSpid, uint8_t spiCs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SpidCmd *pCommand;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(pSpid, "AT45_Configure: pSpid is 0.\n\r");
|
||||
ASSERT(pAt45, "AT45_Configure: pAt45 is 0.\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the At45 instance */
|
||||
pAt45->pSpid = pSpid;
|
||||
pAt45->pDesc = 0;
|
||||
memset(pAt45->pCmdBuffer, 0, 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the spidCmd structure*/
|
||||
pCommand = &(pAt45->command);
|
||||
pCommand->pCmd = pAt45->pCmdBuffer;
|
||||
pCommand->callback = 0;
|
||||
pCommand->pArgument = 0;
|
||||
pCommand->spiCs = spiCs;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if the At45 driver is in busy.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to the At45 instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \return 1 if the At45 driver is not executing any command,otherwise it returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t AT45_IsBusy(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SPID_IsBusy(pAt45->pSpid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends a command to the dataflash through the SPI.
|
||||
* The command is identified by its command code and the number of bytes to transfer
|
||||
* (1 + number of address bytes + number of dummy bytes).If data needs to be received,
|
||||
* then a data buffer must be provided.
|
||||
* \note This function does not block; its optional callback will be invoked when
|
||||
* the transfer completes.
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to the At45 instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \param cmd Command code.
|
||||
* \param cmdSize Size of command code + address bytes + dummy bytes.
|
||||
* \param pData Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param dataSize Number of data bytes to send/receive.
|
||||
* \param address Address at which the command is performed if meaningful.
|
||||
* \param callback Optional callback to invoke at end of transfer.
|
||||
* \param pArgument Optional parameter to the callback function.
|
||||
* \return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t AT45_SendCommand(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t cmd,
|
||||
uint8_t cmdSize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t dataSize,
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
SpidCallback callback,
|
||||
void *pArgument)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SpidCmd *pCommand;
|
||||
const At45Desc *pDesc = pAt45->pDesc;
|
||||
uint32_t dfAddress = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks*/
|
||||
ASSERT(pAt45, "AT45_Command: pAt45 is 0.\n\r");
|
||||
ASSERT(pDesc || (cmd == AT45_STATUS_READ),
|
||||
"AT45_Command: Device has no descriptor, only STATUS_READ command allowed\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the SPI driver is available*/
|
||||
if (AT45_IsBusy(pAt45)) {
|
||||
|
||||
return AT45_ERROR_LOCK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute command pattern*/
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[0] = cmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add address bytes if necessary*/
|
||||
if (cmdSize > 1) {
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(pDesc, "AT45_Command: No descriptor for dataflash.\n\r");
|
||||
if (!configuredBinaryPage) {
|
||||
dfAddress =
|
||||
((address / (pDesc->pageSize)) << pDesc->pageOffset)
|
||||
+ (address % (pDesc->pageSize));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
dfAddress = address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Write address bytes*/
|
||||
if (pDesc->pageNumber >= 16384) {
|
||||
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[1] = ((dfAddress & 0x0F000000) >> 24);
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[2] = ((dfAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[3] = ((dfAddress & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[4] = ((dfAddress & 0x000000FF) >> 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((cmd != AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ) && (cmd != AT45_PAGE_READ)) {
|
||||
|
||||
cmdSize++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[1] = ((dfAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[2] = ((dfAddress & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
|
||||
pAt45->pCmdBuffer[3] = ((dfAddress & 0x000000FF) >> 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SPI Transfer descriptors*/
|
||||
pCommand = &(pAt45->command);
|
||||
pCommand->cmdSize = cmdSize;
|
||||
pCommand->pData = pData;
|
||||
pCommand->dataSize = dataSize;
|
||||
pCommand->callback = callback;
|
||||
pCommand->pArgument = pArgument;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send Command and data through the SPI*/
|
||||
if (SPID_SendCommand(pAt45->pSpid, pCommand)) {
|
||||
|
||||
return AT45_ERROR_SPI;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief returns the At45Desc structure corresponding to the device connected.
|
||||
* It automatically initializes pAt45->pDesc field structure.
|
||||
* \note This function shall be called by the application before AT45_SendCommand.
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to the At45 instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \param status Device status register value.
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful; Otherwise, returns AT45_ERROR_LOCK if the At45
|
||||
* driver is in use or AT45_ERROR_SPI if there was an error with the SPI driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const At45Desc * AT45_FindDevice(At45 *pAt45, uint8_t status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
uint8_t id = AT45_STATUS_ID(status);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if status is all one; in which case, it is assumed that no device is connected*/
|
||||
if (status == 0xFF) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in device array */
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
pAt45->pDesc = 0;
|
||||
while ((i < NUMDATAFLASH) && !(pAt45->pDesc)) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (at45Devices[i].id == id) {
|
||||
|
||||
pAt45->pDesc = &(at45Devices[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
configuredBinaryPage = AT45_STATUS_BINARY(status);
|
||||
return pAt45->pDesc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief returns the pagesize corresponding to the device connected.
|
||||
* \param pAt45 Pointer to the At45 instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \param status Device status register value.
|
||||
* \return page size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t AT45_PageSize(At45 *pAt45)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pagesize = pAt45->pDesc->pageSize;
|
||||
if(((pAt45->pDesc->hasBinaryPage) == 0) || !configuredBinaryPage){
|
||||
return pagesize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ((pagesize >> 8) << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of SPI At45 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SPI_AT45_H
|
||||
#define SPI_AT45_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "spi_pdc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** Returns 1 if the device is ready; otherwise 0.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_STATUS_READY(status) (status & 0x80)
|
||||
/** Returns the device ID code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_STATUS_ID(status) (status & 0x3c)
|
||||
/** Returns 1 if the device is configured in binary page mode; otherwise 0.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_STATUS_BINARY(status) (status & 0x01)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT45_PageOffset(pAt45) ((pAt45)->pDesc->pageOffset)
|
||||
#define AT45_PageNumber(pAt45) ((pAt45)->pDesc->pageNumber)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** The dataflash driver is currently in use.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_ERROR_LOCK 1
|
||||
/** There was an error with the SPI driver.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_ERROR_SPI 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** AT45 dataflash SPI CSR settings given MCK and SPCK.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_CSR(mck, spck) (SPI_CSR_NCPHA | SPID_CSR_DLYBCT(mck, 250) | SPID_CSR_DLYBS(mck, 250) | SPID_CSR_SCBR(mck, spck))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main memory page read command code. */
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_READ 0xD2
|
||||
/** Continous array read (legacy) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ_LEG 0xE8
|
||||
/** Continous array read (low frequency) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ_LF 0x03
|
||||
/** Continous array read command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_CONTINUOUS_READ 0x0B
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 read (low frequency) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_READ_LF 0xD1
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 read (low frequency) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_READ_LF 0xD3
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 read (serial) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_READ_SER 0xD4
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 read (serial) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_READ_SER 0xD6
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 read (8-bit) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_READ_8B 0x54
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 read (8-bit) command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_READ_8B 0x56
|
||||
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 write command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_WRITE 0x84
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 write command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_WRITE 0x87
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 to main memory page program with erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_MEM_ERASE 0x83
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 to main memory page program with erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_MEM_ERASE 0x86
|
||||
/** Buffer 1 to main memory page program without erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF1_MEM_NOERASE 0x88
|
||||
/** Buffer 2 to main memory page program without erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BUF2_MEM_NOERASE 0x89
|
||||
/** Page erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_ERASE 0x81
|
||||
/** Block erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BLOCK_ERASE 0x50
|
||||
/** Sector erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_SECTOR_ERASE 0x7C
|
||||
/** Chip erase command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_CHIP_ERASE 0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A
|
||||
/** Main memory page program through buffer 1 command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_WRITE_BUF1 0x82
|
||||
/** Main memory page program through buffer 2 command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_WRITE_BUF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main memory page to buffer 1 transfer command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_BUF1_TX 0x53
|
||||
/** Main memory page to buffer 2 transfer command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_BUF2_TX 0x55
|
||||
/** Main memory page to buffer 1 compare command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_BUF1_CMP 0x60
|
||||
/** Main memory page to buffer 2 compare command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_PAGE_BUF2_CMP 0x61
|
||||
/** Auto page rewrite through buffer 1 command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_AUTO_REWRITE_BUF1 0x58
|
||||
/** Auto page rewrite through buffer 2 command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_AUTO_REWRITE_BUF2 0x59
|
||||
/** Deep power-down command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_DEEP_PDOWN 0xB9
|
||||
/** Resume from deep power-down command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_RES_DEEP_PDOWN 0xAB
|
||||
/** Status register read command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_STATUS_READ 0xD7
|
||||
/** Manufacturer and device ID read command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_ID_READ 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
/** Power-of-2 binary page size configuration command code.*/
|
||||
#define AT45_BINARY_PAGE_FIRST_OPCODE 0x3D
|
||||
#define AT45_BINARY_PAGE 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Dataflash description. A constant array of DataflashDesc instance is defined
|
||||
in at45.c. The DF_Scan() function returns the corresponding descriptor according
|
||||
to the dataflash ID detected. This description (page_size, page_offset) is used
|
||||
to compute the internal dataflash address by the DF_Command() function. */
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
/** dataflash page number. */
|
||||
uint32_t pageNumber;
|
||||
// indicate if power-of-2 binary page supported.*/
|
||||
uint32_t hasBinaryPage;
|
||||
/** dataflash page size.*/
|
||||
uint32_t pageSize;
|
||||
/** page offset in command.*/
|
||||
uint32_t pageOffset;
|
||||
/** Dataflash ID.*/
|
||||
uint8_t id;
|
||||
/** Identifier.*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
} At45Desc;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Dataflash driver structure. It holds the current command being processed.
|
||||
This structure is initialized by the DF_Init() command.
|
||||
pDfDesc field can be initialized by the DF_Scan() function.
|
||||
cmdBuffer is a private driver area used to compute the dataflash address to
|
||||
be sent to the dataflash. Beware the PDC master must have access to this area.*/
|
||||
typedef struct _Dataflash {
|
||||
/** Pointer to Spi Structure (SPI low level driver).*/
|
||||
Spid *pSpid;
|
||||
/** Current SPI command sent to the SPI low level driver.*/
|
||||
SpidCmd command;
|
||||
/** Pointer to the dataflash description.*/
|
||||
const At45Desc *pDesc;
|
||||
/** Buffer to store the current command (opcode + dataflash address.*/
|
||||
uint8_t pCmdBuffer[8];
|
||||
} At45;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t AT45_Configure(At45 *pAt45, Spid *pSpid, uint8_t spiCs);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t AT45_IsBusy(At45 *pAt45);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t AT45_SendCommand(
|
||||
At45 *pAt45,
|
||||
uint8_t cmd,
|
||||
uint8_t cmdSize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t dataSize,
|
||||
uint32_t address,
|
||||
SpidCallback callback,
|
||||
void *pArgument);
|
||||
|
||||
extern const At45Desc * AT45_FindDevice(At45 *pAt45, uint8_t status);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t AT45_PageSize(At45 *pAt45);
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef SPI_AT45_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup spi_pdc_module SPI PDC driver
|
||||
* The Spi driver is a low level spi driver which performs SPI device Initializes,
|
||||
* spi transfer and receive. It can be used by upper SPI driver such as AT45
|
||||
* driver and AT26 driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \usage
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Initializes a SPI instance and the corresponding SPI hardware,
|
||||
* Configure SPI in Master Mode using SPID_Configure().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Configures the SPI characteristics (such as Clock Polarity, Phase,
|
||||
* transfers delay and Baud Rate) for the device corresponding to the
|
||||
* chip select using SPID_ConfigureCS().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Starts a SPI master transfer using SPID_SendCommand().
|
||||
* The transfer is performed using the PDC channels. </li>
|
||||
* <li> It enable the SPI clock.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Set the corresponding peripheral chip select.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize the two SPI PDC buffers.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize SPI_TPR and SPI_TCR with SPI command data and size
|
||||
* to send command data first.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize SPI_RPR and SPI_RCR with SPI command data and size
|
||||
* as dummy value.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize SPI_TNPR and SPI_TNCR with rest of the data to be
|
||||
* transfered.(if the data specified in cmd structure)</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize SPI_RNPR and SPI_RNCR with rest of the data to be
|
||||
* received.(if the data specified in cmd structure)</li>
|
||||
* <li> Initialize the callback function if specified.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Enable transmitter and receiver.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Example for sending a command to the dataflash through the SPI.</li>
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* /// Build command to be sent.
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* // Send Command and data through the SPI
|
||||
* if (SPID_SendCommand(pAt45->pSpid, pCommand)) {
|
||||
* return AT45_ERROR_SPI;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
* <li> The SPI_Handler() must be called by the SPI Interrupt Service Routine
|
||||
* with the corresponding Spi instance. It is invokes to check for pending
|
||||
* interrupts. </li>
|
||||
* <li> Example for initializing SPI interrupt handler in upper application.</li>
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* AIC_ConfigureIT(AT91C_ID_SPI, 0, SPI_Handler);
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref spi_pdc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref spi_pdc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of SPI PDC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi_pdc.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Write PMC register*/
|
||||
#define WRITE_PMC(pPmc, regName, value) pPmc->regName = (value)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Write SPI register*/
|
||||
#define WRITE_SPI(pSpi, regName, value) pSpi->regName = (value)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Read SPI registers */
|
||||
#define READ_SPI(pSpi, regName) (pSpi->regName)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes the Spid structure and the corresponding SPI hardware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to a Spid instance.
|
||||
* \param pSpiHw Associated SPI peripheral.
|
||||
* \param spiId SPI peripheral identifier.
|
||||
* \return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPID_Configure(Spid *pSpid, Spi *pSpiHw, uint8_t spiId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize the SPI structure*/
|
||||
pSpid->pSpiHw = pSpiHw;
|
||||
pSpid->spiId = spiId;
|
||||
pSpid->semaphore = 1;
|
||||
pSpid->pCurrentCommand = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the SPI clock*/
|
||||
WRITE_PMC(PMC, PMC_PCER0, (1 << pSpid->spiId));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Execute a software reset of the SPI twice */
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_CR, SPI_CR_SWRST);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_CR, SPI_CR_SWRST);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure SPI in Master Mode with No CS selected !!! */
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_MR, SPI_MR_MSTR | SPI_MR_MODFDIS | SPI_MR_PCS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the SPI*/
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_CR, SPI_CR_SPIEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the SPI clock*/
|
||||
WRITE_PMC(PMC, PMC_PCDR0, (1 << pSpid->spiId));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures the parameters for the device corresponding to the cs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to a Spid instance.
|
||||
* \param cs number corresponding to the SPI chip select.
|
||||
* \param csr SPI_CSR value to setup.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPID_ConfigureCS(Spid *pSpid, uint8_t cs, uint32_t csr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Spi *pSpiHw = pSpid->pSpiHw;
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_CSR[cs], csr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Starts a SPI master transfer. This is a non blocking function. It will
|
||||
* return as soon as the transfer is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to a Spid instance.
|
||||
* \param pCommand Pointer to the SPI command to execute.
|
||||
* \return 0 if the transfer has been started successfully; otherwise returns
|
||||
* SPID_ERROR_LOCK is the driver is in use, or SPID_ERROR if the command is not
|
||||
* valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPID_SendCommand(Spid *pSpid, SpidCmd *pCommand)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Spi *pSpiHw = pSpid->pSpiHw;
|
||||
uint32_t spiMr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to get the dataflash semaphore */
|
||||
if (pSpid->semaphore == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
return SPID_ERROR_LOCK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pSpid->semaphore--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the SPI clock */
|
||||
WRITE_PMC(PMC, PMC_PCER0, (1 << pSpid->spiId));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable transmitter and receiver*/
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_PTCR, SPI_PTCR_RXTDIS | SPI_PTCR_TXTDIS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to the MR register*/
|
||||
spiMr = READ_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_MR);
|
||||
spiMr |= SPI_MR_PCS;
|
||||
spiMr &= ~((1 << pCommand->spiCs) << 16);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_MR, spiMr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the two SPI PDC buffer*/
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_RPR, (int) pCommand->pCmd);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_RCR, pCommand->cmdSize);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_TPR, (int) pCommand->pCmd);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_TCR, pCommand->cmdSize);
|
||||
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_RNPR, (int) pCommand->pData);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_RNCR, pCommand->dataSize);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_TNPR, (int) pCommand->pData);
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_TNCR, pCommand->dataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the callback*/
|
||||
pSpid->pCurrentCommand = pCommand;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable transmitter and receiver*/
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_PTCR, SPI_PTCR_RXTEN | SPI_PTCR_TXTEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable buffer complete interrupt*/
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_IER, SPI_IER_RXBUFF);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief The SPI_Handler must be called by the SPI Interrupt Service Routine with the
|
||||
* corresponding Spi instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The SPI_Handler will unlock the Spi semaphore and invoke the upper application
|
||||
* callback.
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to a Spid instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPID_Handler(Spid *pSpid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SpidCmd *pSpidCmd = pSpid->pCurrentCommand;
|
||||
Spi *pSpiHw = pSpid->pSpiHw;
|
||||
volatile uint32_t spiSr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the status register*/
|
||||
spiSr = READ_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_SR);
|
||||
if (spiSr & SPI_SR_RXBUFF) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable transmitter and receiver */
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_PTCR, SPI_PTCR_RXTDIS | SPI_PTCR_TXTDIS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the SPI clock*/
|
||||
WRITE_PMC(PMC, PMC_PCDR0, (1 << pSpid->spiId));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable buffer complete interrupt */
|
||||
WRITE_SPI(pSpiHw, SPI_IDR, SPI_IDR_RXBUFF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release the dataflash semaphore*/
|
||||
pSpid->semaphore++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Invoke the callback associated with the current command*/
|
||||
if (pSpidCmd && pSpidCmd->callback) {
|
||||
|
||||
pSpidCmd->callback(0, pSpidCmd->pArgument);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Nothing must be done after. A new DF operation may have been started
|
||||
in the callback function.*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns 1 if the SPI driver is currently busy executing a command; otherwise
|
||||
* returns 0.
|
||||
* \param pSpid Pointer to a Spid instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPID_IsBusy(const Spid *pSpid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pSpid->semaphore == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of SPI PDC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SPI_PDC_H
|
||||
#define SPI_PDC_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** An unspecified error has occured.*/
|
||||
#define SPID_ERROR 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI driver is currently in use.*/
|
||||
#define SPID_ERROR_LOCK 2
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the SCBR field of the Chip Select Register given MCK and SPCK.*/
|
||||
#define SPID_CSR_SCBR(mck, spck) ((((mck) / (spck)) << 8) & SPI_CSR_SCBR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the DLYBS field of the Chip Select Register given delay in ns and MCK.*/
|
||||
#define SPID_CSR_DLYBS(mck, delay) ((((((delay) * ((mck) / 1000000)) / 1000) + 1) << 16) & SPI_CSR_DLYBS)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the DLYBCT field of the Chip Select Register given delay in ns and MCK.*/
|
||||
#define SPID_CSR_DLYBCT(mck, delay) ((((((delay) / 32 * ((mck) / 1000000)) / 1000) + 1) << 24) & SPI_CSR_DLYBCT)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI transfer complete callback.*/
|
||||
typedef void (*SpidCallback )(uint8_t, void *);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spi Transfer Request prepared by the application upper layer. This structure
|
||||
is sent to the SPI_SendCommand function to start the transfer. At the end of
|
||||
the transfer, the callback is invoked by the interrupt handler.*/
|
||||
typedef struct _SpidCmd {
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the command data.*/
|
||||
uint8_t *pCmd;
|
||||
/** Command size in bytes.*/
|
||||
uint8_t cmdSize;
|
||||
/** Pointer to the data to be sent.*/
|
||||
uint8_t *pData;
|
||||
/** Data size in bytes.*/
|
||||
unsigned short dataSize;
|
||||
/** SPI chip select.*/
|
||||
uint8_t spiCs;
|
||||
/** Callback function invoked at the end of transfer.*/
|
||||
SpidCallback callback;
|
||||
/** Callback arguments.*/
|
||||
void *pArgument;
|
||||
|
||||
} SpidCmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant structure associated with SPI port. This structure prevents
|
||||
client applications to have access in the same time.*/
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to SPI Hardware registers*/
|
||||
Spi *pSpiHw;
|
||||
/** SPI Id as defined in the product datasheet*/
|
||||
char spiId;
|
||||
/** Current SpiCommand being processed*/
|
||||
SpidCmd *pCurrentCommand;
|
||||
/** Mutual exclusion semaphore.*/
|
||||
volatile char semaphore;
|
||||
|
||||
} Spid;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPID_Configure(
|
||||
Spid *pSpid,
|
||||
Spi *pSpiHw,
|
||||
uint8_t spiId);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void SPID_ConfigureCS(Spid *pSpid, uint8_t cs, uint32_t csr);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPID_SendCommand(
|
||||
Spid *pSpid,
|
||||
SpidCmd *pCommand);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void SPID_Handler(Spid *pSpid);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPID_IsBusy(const Spid *pSpid);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifndef SPI_PDC_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup spi_module Working with SPI
|
||||
* The SPI driver provides the interface to configure and use the SPI
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) circuit is a synchronous serial
|
||||
* data link that provides communication with external devices in Master
|
||||
* or Slave Mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use the SPI, the user has to follow these few steps:
|
||||
* -# Enable the SPI pins required by the application (see pio.h).
|
||||
* -# Configure the SPI using the \ref SPI_Configure(). This enables the
|
||||
* peripheral clock. The mode register is loaded with the given value.
|
||||
* -# Configure all the necessary chip selects with \ref SPI_ConfigureNPCS().
|
||||
* -# Enable the SPI by calling \ref SPI_Enable().
|
||||
* -# Send/receive data using \ref SPI_Write() and \ref SPI_Read(). Note that \ref SPI_Read()
|
||||
* must be called after \ref SPI_Write() to retrieve the last value read.
|
||||
* -# Send/receive data using the PDC with the \ref SPI_WriteBuffer() and
|
||||
* \ref SPI_ReadBuffer() functions.
|
||||
* -# Disable the SPI by calling \ref SPI_Disable().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the SPI section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref spi.c\n
|
||||
* \ref spi.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "spi.h"
|
||||
#include "pmc/pmc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables a SPI peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPI_Enable(Spi *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SPIEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables a SPI peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPI_Disable(Spi *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SPIDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures a SPI peripheral as specified. The configuration can be computed
|
||||
* using several macros (see \ref spi_configuration_macros).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
* \param id Peripheral ID of the SPI.
|
||||
* \param configuration Value of the SPI configuration register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPI_Configure(Spi *spi,
|
||||
uint32_t id,
|
||||
uint32_t configuration)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral(ID_SPI);
|
||||
spi->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SPIDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Execute a software reset of the SPI twice */
|
||||
spi->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
spi->SPI_CR = SPI_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
spi->SPI_MR = configuration;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures a chip select of a SPI peripheral. The chip select configuration
|
||||
* is computed using several macros (see \ref spi_configuration_macros).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
* \param npcs Chip select to configure (0, 1, 2 or 3).
|
||||
* \param configuration Desired chip select configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPI_ConfigureNPCS(Spi *spi,
|
||||
uint32_t npcs,
|
||||
uint32_t configuration)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->SPI_CSR[npcs] = configuration;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends data through a SPI peripheral. If the SPI is configured to use a fixed
|
||||
* peripheral select, the npcs value is meaningless. Otherwise, it identifies
|
||||
* the component which shall be addressed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
* \param npcs Chip select of the component to address (0, 1, 2 or 3).
|
||||
* \param data Word of data to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SPI_Write(Spi *spi, uint32_t npcs, uint16_t data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Send data */
|
||||
while ((spi->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_TXEMPTY) == 0);
|
||||
spi->SPI_TDR = data | SPI_PCS(npcs);
|
||||
while ((spi->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_TDRE) == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends the contents of buffer through a SPI peripheral, using the PDC to
|
||||
* take care of the transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
* \param buffer Data buffer to send.
|
||||
* \param length Length of the data buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPI_WriteBuffer(Spi *spi,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if first bank is free */
|
||||
if (spi->SPI_TCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
spi->SPI_TPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
spi->SPI_TCR = length;
|
||||
spi->SPI_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_TXTEN;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if second bank is free */
|
||||
else if (spi->SPI_TNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
spi->SPI_TNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
spi->SPI_TNCR = length;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* No free banks */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if SPI transfer finish.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Returns 1 if there is no pending write operation on the SPI; otherwise
|
||||
* returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPI_IsFinished(Spi *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((spi->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_TXEMPTY) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads and returns the last word of data received by a SPI peripheral. This
|
||||
* method must be called after a successful SPI_Write call.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return readed data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t SPI_Read(Spi *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((spi->SPI_SR & SPI_SR_RDRF) == 0);
|
||||
return spi->SPI_RDR & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads data from a SPI peripheral until the provided buffer is filled. This
|
||||
* method does NOT need to be called after SPI_Write or SPI_WriteBuffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Pointer to an Spi instance.
|
||||
* \param buffer Data buffer to store incoming bytes.
|
||||
* \param length Length in bytes of the data buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPI_ReadBuffer(Spi *spi,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the first bank is free */
|
||||
if (spi->SPI_RCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
spi->SPI_RPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
spi->SPI_RCR = length;
|
||||
spi->SPI_PTCR = PERIPH_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if second bank is free */
|
||||
else if (spi->SPI_RNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
spi->SPI_RNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
spi->SPI_RNCR = length;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* No free bank */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SPI_H
|
||||
#define SPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \page spi_configuration_macros SPI configuration macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This page lists several macros which should be used when configuring a SPI
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Macros:
|
||||
* - \ref SPI_PCS
|
||||
* - \ref SPI_SCBR
|
||||
* - \ref SPI_DLYBS
|
||||
* - \ref SPI_DLYBCT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculate the PCS field value given the chip select NPCS value */
|
||||
#define SPI_PCS(npcs) ((~(1 << npcs) & 0xF) << 16)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the CSR SCBR field given the baudrate and MCK. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SCBR(baudrate, masterClock) \
|
||||
((uint32_t) (masterClock / baudrate) << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the CSR DLYBS field given the desired delay (in ns) */
|
||||
#define SPI_DLYBS(delay, masterClock) \
|
||||
((uint32_t) (((masterClock / 1000000) * delay) / 1000) << 16)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the value of the CSR DLYBCT field given the desired delay (in ns) */
|
||||
#define SPI_DLYBCT(delay, masterClock) \
|
||||
((uint32_t) (((masterClock / 1000000) * delay) / 32000) << 24)
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void SPI_Enable(Spi *spi);
|
||||
extern void SPI_Disable(Spi *spi);
|
||||
extern void SPI_Configure(Spi *spi,
|
||||
uint32_t id,
|
||||
uint32_t configuration);
|
||||
extern void SPI_ConfigureNPCS(Spi *spi,
|
||||
uint32_t npcs,
|
||||
uint32_t configuration);
|
||||
extern void SPI_Write(Spi *spi, uint32_t npcs, uint16_t data);
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPI_WriteBuffer(Spi *spi,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPI_IsFinished(Spi *pSpi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint16_t SPI_Read(Spi *spi);
|
||||
extern uint8_t SPI_ReadBuffer(Spi *spi,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t length);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef SPI_H */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup ssc module Working with SSC
|
||||
* The SSC driver provides the interface to configure and use the SSC
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* !Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Enable the SSC interface pins.
|
||||
* -# Configure the SSC to operate at a specific frequency by calling
|
||||
* SSC_Configure(). This function enables the peripheral clock of the SSC,
|
||||
* but not its PIOs.
|
||||
* -# Configure the transmitter and/or the receiver using the
|
||||
* SSC_ConfigureTransmitter() and SSC_ConfigureEmitter() functions.
|
||||
* -# Enable the PIOs or the transmitter and/or the received.
|
||||
* -# Enable the transmitter and/or the receiver using SSC_EnableTransmitter()
|
||||
* and SSC_EnableReceiver()
|
||||
* -# Send data through the transmitter using SSC_Write() and SSC_WriteBuffer()
|
||||
* -# Receive data from the receiver using SSC_Read() and SSC_ReadBuffer()
|
||||
* -# Disable the transmitter and/or the receiver using SSC_DisableTransmitter()
|
||||
* and SSC_DisableReceiver()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the RTC section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref ssc.c\n
|
||||
* \ref ssc.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Synchronous Serial (SSC) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "ssc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures a SSC peripheral.If the divided clock is not used, the master
|
||||
* clock frequency can be set to 0.
|
||||
* \note The emitter and transmitter are disabled by this function.
|
||||
* \param bitRate bit rate.
|
||||
* \param masterClock master clock.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_Configure(uint32_t bitRate, uint32_t masterClock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable SSC peripheral clock */
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = 1 << ID_SSC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset, disable receiver & transmitter */
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CR = SSC_CR_RXDIS | SSC_CR_TXDIS | SSC_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_PTCR = SSC_PTCR_RXTDIS | SSC_PTCR_TXTDIS;
|
||||
/* Configure clock frequency */
|
||||
if (bitRate != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CMR = masterClock / (2 * bitRate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CMR = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures the transmitter of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
* \param tcmr Transmit Clock Mode Register value.
|
||||
* \param tfmr Transmit Frame Mode Register value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_ConfigureTransmitter(uint32_t tcmr, uint32_t tfmr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TCMR = tcmr;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TFMR = tfmr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures the receiver of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
* \param rcmr Receive Clock Mode Register value.
|
||||
* \param rfmr Receive Frame Mode Register value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_ConfigureReceiver(uint32_t rcmr, uint32_t rfmr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RCMR = rcmr;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RFMR = rfmr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the transmitter of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_EnableTransmitter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CR = SSC_CR_TXEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the transmitter of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_DisableTransmitter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CR = SSC_CR_TXDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the receiver of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_EnableReceiver(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CR = SSC_CR_RXEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the receiver of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_DisableReceiver(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_CR = SSC_CR_RXDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables one or more interrupt sources of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
* \param Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_EnableInterrupts(uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_IER = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables one or more interrupt sources of a SSC peripheral.
|
||||
* \param Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_DisableInterrupts(uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SSC->SSC_IDR = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends one data frame through a SSC peripheral. If another frame is currently
|
||||
* being sent, this function waits for the previous transfer to complete.
|
||||
* \param frame Data frame to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SSC_Write(uint32_t frame)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((SSC->SSC_SR & SSC_SR_TXRDY) == 0);
|
||||
SSC->SSC_THR = frame;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Waits until one frame is received on a SSC peripheral, and returns it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t SSC_Read(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((SSC->SSC_SR & SSC_SR_RXRDY) == 0);
|
||||
return SSC->SSC_RHR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends the contents of a data buffer a SSC peripheral, using the PDC.
|
||||
* \param buffer Data buffer to send.
|
||||
* \param length Size of the data buffer.
|
||||
* \return 1 if the buffer has been queued for transmission; otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SSC_WriteBuffer(void *buffer, uint32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if first bank is free*/
|
||||
if (SSC->SSC_TCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TCR = length;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_PTCR = SSC_PTCR_TXTEN;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if second bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (SSC->SSC_TNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_TNCR = length;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads data coming from a SSC peripheral receiver and stores it into the
|
||||
* giving buffer with PDC.
|
||||
* \param buffer ata buffer used for reception.
|
||||
* \param length Size of the data buffer.
|
||||
* \return 1 if the buffer has been queued for reception; otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SSC_ReadBuffer(void *buffer, uint32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the first bank is free*/
|
||||
if (SSC->SSC_RCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RCR = length;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_PTCR = SSC_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if second bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (SSC->SSC_RNCR == 0) {
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
SSC->SSC_RNCR = length;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for Synchronous Serial (SSC) controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SSC_H
|
||||
#define SSC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void SSC_Configure(uint32_t bitRate, uint32_t masterClock);
|
||||
extern void SSC_ConfigureTransmitter(uint32_t tcmr, uint32_t tfmr);
|
||||
extern void SSC_ConfigureReceiver(uint32_t rcmr, uint32_t rfmr);
|
||||
extern void SSC_EnableTransmitter(void);
|
||||
extern void SSC_DisableTransmitter(void);
|
||||
extern void SSC_EnableReceiver(void);
|
||||
extern void SSC_DisableReceiver(void);
|
||||
extern void SSC_EnableInterrupts(uint32_t sources);
|
||||
extern void SSC_DisableInterrupts(uint32_t sources);
|
||||
extern void SSC_Write(uint32_t frame);
|
||||
extern uint32_t SSC_Read(void);
|
||||
extern uint8_t SSC_WriteBuffer(void *buffer, uint32_t length);
|
||||
extern uint8_t SSC_ReadBuffer(void *buffer, uint32_t length);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef SSC_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* \brief Configures a Timer Counter Channel
|
||||
* Configures a Timer Counter to operate in the given mode. Timer is stopped
|
||||
* after configuration and must be restarted with TC_Start(). All the
|
||||
* interrupts of the timer are also disabled.
|
||||
* \param pTc Pointer to an AT91S_TC instance.
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
* \param mode Operating mode (TC_CMR value).
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void TC_Configure(Tc *pTc, unsigned char channel, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TcChannel *pTcCh = &pTc->TC_CHANNEL[channel];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable TC clock */
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_CCR = TC_CCR0_CLKDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable interrupts */
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_IDR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear status register */
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_SR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set mode */
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_CMR = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* \brief Reset and Start the TC Channel
|
||||
* Enables the timer clock and performs a software reset to start the counting.
|
||||
* \param pTc Pointer to an AT91S_TC instance.
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void TC_Start(Tc *pTc, unsigned char channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TcChannel *pTcCh = &pTc->TC_CHANNEL[channel];
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_CCR = TC_CCR0_CLKEN | TC_CCR0_SWTRG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* \brief Stop TC Channel
|
||||
* Disables the timer clock, stopping the counting.
|
||||
* \param pTc Pointer to an AT91S_TC instance.
|
||||
* \param channel Channel number.
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void TC_Stop(Tc *pTc, unsigned char channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TcChannel *pTcCh = &pTc->TC_CHANNEL[channel];
|
||||
pTcCh->TC_CCR = TC_CCR0_CLKDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* \brief Find best MCK divisor
|
||||
* Finds the best MCK divisor given the timer frequency and MCK. The result
|
||||
* is guaranteed to satisfy the following equation:
|
||||
* \pre
|
||||
* (MCK / (DIV * 65536)) <= freq <= (MCK / DIV)
|
||||
* \endpre
|
||||
* with DIV being the highest possible value.
|
||||
* \param freq Desired timer frequency.
|
||||
* \param mck Master clock frequency.
|
||||
* \param div Divisor value.
|
||||
* \param tcclks TCCLKS field value for divisor.
|
||||
* \return 1 if a proper divisor has been found; otherwise 0.
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
unsigned char TC_FindMckDivisor(
|
||||
unsigned int freq,
|
||||
unsigned int mck,
|
||||
unsigned int *div,
|
||||
unsigned int *tcclks)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned int divisors[5] = {2, 8, 32, 128,BOARD_MCK / 32768};
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int index = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Satisfy lower bound */
|
||||
while (freq < ((mck / divisors[index]) / 65536)) {
|
||||
|
||||
index++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If no divisor can be found, return 0 */
|
||||
if (index == 5) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to maximize DIV while satisfying upper bound */
|
||||
while (index < 4) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (freq > (mck / divisors[index + 1])) {
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
index++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store results */
|
||||
if (div) {
|
||||
|
||||
*div = divisors[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (tcclks) {
|
||||
|
||||
*tcclks = index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* \unit
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* API for configuring and using Timer Counter (TC) peripherals.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usage
|
||||
* -# Optionally, use TC_FindMckDivisor() to let the program find the best
|
||||
* TCCLKS field value automatically.
|
||||
* -# Configure a Timer Counter in the desired mode using TC_Configure().
|
||||
* -# Start or stop the timer clock using TC_Start() and TC_Stop().
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TC_H
|
||||
#define TC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TC_Configure(Tc *pTc, unsigned char ch, unsigned int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TC_Start(Tc *pTc, unsigned char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TC_Stop(Tc *pTc, unsigned char ch);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char TC_FindMckDivisor(
|
||||
unsigned int freq,
|
||||
unsigned int mck,
|
||||
unsigned int *div,
|
||||
unsigned int *tcclks);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef TC_H */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for touchscreen driver which includes touchscreen calibration,
|
||||
* retrieving measurements etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Call TSD_Initialize() whenever the touchscreen should start the
|
||||
* calibration process (as it is done in the function).
|
||||
* -# Declare a global TSD_PenPressed function anywhere in your code. This
|
||||
* function will get called every time the pen is pressed on the screen.
|
||||
* -# Declare a global TSD_PenMoved function, which will get called whenever
|
||||
* the pen stays in contact with the screen but changes position.
|
||||
* -# Declare a global TSD_PenReleased function, which will be invoked as the
|
||||
* pen is lifted from the screen.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TSD_H
|
||||
#define TSD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tsd_com.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TSD_Initialize(int8_t calEn);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TSD_Calibrate(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TSD_Reset(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TSD_TimerHandler(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef TSD_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of ADS7843 driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tsd.h"
|
||||
#include "tsd_com.h"
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
#include <pio/pio_it.h>
|
||||
#include <ads7843/ads7843.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/lcdd.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/draw.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/font.h>
|
||||
#include "tsd/tsd_ads7843.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Delay for pushbutton debouncing (the time-base is 10 ms). */
|
||||
#define DEBOUNCE_TIME 6 /* 10 * 6 = 60 ms */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Color of calibration points. */
|
||||
#define POINTS_COLOR 0x0000FF
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in pixels of calibration points. */
|
||||
#define POINTS_SIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
/** Maximum difference in pixels between the test point and the measured point. */
|
||||
#define POINTS_MAX_ERROR 5
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** pen state */
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
STATE_PEN_RELEASED = 0,
|
||||
STATE_PEN_PRESSED = 1,
|
||||
STATE_PEN_DEBOUNCE = 2
|
||||
} e_pen_state;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pins used by Interrupt Signal for Touch Screen Controller */
|
||||
static const Pin pinPenIRQ = PIN_TCS_IRQ;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Global timestamp in milliseconds since start of application. */
|
||||
static volatile uint32_t timestamp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/** last time when the pen is pressed on the touchscreen */
|
||||
static volatile uint32_t timePress = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/** last time when the pen is released */
|
||||
static volatile uint32_t timeRelease = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/** pen state */
|
||||
static volatile e_pen_state penState = STATE_PEN_RELEASED;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Touch screen initiallized flag */
|
||||
static uint32_t tsInitFlag = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Timer handler for touch screen. Increments the timestamp counter.
|
||||
* Determine the state "Pen Pressed" or "Pen Released". To change state,
|
||||
* the penIRQ has to keep the same value during DEBOUNCE_TIME.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note External timer interrupt should call it per 10ms.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_TimerHandler( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t data[2];
|
||||
static uint32_t point[2];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tsInitFlag) return;
|
||||
|
||||
timestamp++;
|
||||
/* Get the current position of the pen if penIRQ has low value (pen pressed) */
|
||||
if (PIO_Get(&pinPenIRQ) == 0) {
|
||||
/* Get the current position of the pressed pen */
|
||||
if(TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk()) {
|
||||
TSD_GetRawMeasurement(data);
|
||||
TSDCom_InterpolateMeasurement(data, point);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* call the callback function */
|
||||
if(penState == STATE_PEN_PRESSED) {
|
||||
if(TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk()) {
|
||||
TSD_PenMoved(point[0], point[1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the pen state */
|
||||
if (PIO_Get(&pinPenIRQ) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* reinit the last time when release */
|
||||
timeRelease = timestamp;
|
||||
if(penState == STATE_PEN_DEBOUNCE) {
|
||||
if( (timestamp - timePress) > DEBOUNCE_TIME) {
|
||||
/* pen is pressed during an enough time : the state change */
|
||||
penState = STATE_PEN_PRESSED;
|
||||
/* call the callback function */
|
||||
if(TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk()) {
|
||||
TSD_PenPressed(point[0], point[1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
/* reinit the last time when release */
|
||||
timePress = timestamp;
|
||||
|
||||
if(penState == STATE_PEN_DEBOUNCE) {
|
||||
if( (timestamp - timeRelease) > DEBOUNCE_TIME) {
|
||||
/* pen is released during an enough time : the state change */
|
||||
penState = STATE_PEN_RELEASED;
|
||||
/* call the callback function */
|
||||
if(TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk()) {
|
||||
TSD_PenReleased(point[0], point[1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \breif Interrupt handler for Touchscreen.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ISR_PenIRQ(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the pen has been pressed */
|
||||
if (!PIO_Get(&pinPenIRQ)) {
|
||||
if(penState == STATE_PEN_RELEASED) {
|
||||
|
||||
timePress = timestamp;
|
||||
penState = STATE_PEN_DEBOUNCE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if(penState == STATE_PEN_PRESSED) {
|
||||
|
||||
timeRelease = timestamp;
|
||||
penState = STATE_PEN_DEBOUNCE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configure PENIRQ for interrupt.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ConfigurePenIRQ(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure pios */
|
||||
PIO_Configure(&pinPenIRQ, PIO_LISTSIZE(pinPenIRQ));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize interrupts */
|
||||
PIO_InitializeInterrupts(0);
|
||||
PIO_ConfigureIt(&pinPenIRQ, (void (*)(const Pin *)) ISR_PenIRQ);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the interrupt */
|
||||
PIO_EnableIt(&pinPenIRQ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads and store a touchscreen measurement in the provided array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pData Array where the measurements will be stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_GetRawMeasurement(uint32_t *pData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the current position of the pressed pen */
|
||||
PIO_DisableIt(&pinPenIRQ);
|
||||
ADS7843_GetPosition(&pData[0], &pData[1]);
|
||||
PIO_EnableIt(&pinPenIRQ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Wait pen pressed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_WaitPenPressed( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for touch & end of conversion */
|
||||
while (penState != STATE_PEN_RELEASED);
|
||||
/*while (penState != STATE_PEN_PRESSED); */
|
||||
while (penState != STATE_PEN_PRESSED) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Wait pen released.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_WaitPenReleased( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for contact loss */
|
||||
while (penState != STATE_PEN_PRESSED);
|
||||
while (penState != STATE_PEN_RELEASED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Do calibration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return 1 if calibration is Ok, 0 else.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TSD_Calibrate(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calibration is done only once */
|
||||
if(TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk()) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do calibration */
|
||||
ret = TSDCom_Calibrate();
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes the touchscreen driver and starts the calibration process. When
|
||||
* finished, the touchscreen is operational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Important: the LCD driver must have been initialized prior to calling this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_Initialize( int8_t calEn )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADS7843_Initialize();
|
||||
ConfigurePenIRQ();
|
||||
|
||||
tsInitFlag = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calibration */
|
||||
if(calEn) {
|
||||
while (!TSD_Calibrate());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Stop the Touchscreen, disable interrupt.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSD_Reset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable SPI 0 */
|
||||
ADS7843_Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the interrupt */
|
||||
PIO_DisableIt(&pinPenIRQ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifdef BOARD_TSC_ADS7843 */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
#ifndef _TSD_ADS7843_
|
||||
#define _TSD_ADS7843_
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* External functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_PenPressed( uint32_t dwX, uint32_t dwY ) ;
|
||||
extern void TSD_PenMoved( uint32_t dwX, uint32_t dwY ) ;
|
||||
extern void TSD_PenReleased( uint32_t dwX, uint32_t dwY ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void TSD_WaitPenPressed( void ) ;
|
||||
extern void TSD_WaitPenReleased( void ) ;
|
||||
extern void TSD_GetRawMeasurement( uint32_t *pData ) ;
|
||||
extern void TSD_Initialize( int8_t calEn ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _TSD_ADS7843_
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of touchscreen driver device irrelevance code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tsd.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/lcdd.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/draw.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/font.h>
|
||||
#include <lcd/color.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include "tsd/tsd_ads7843.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in pixels of calibration points. */
|
||||
#define POINTS_SIZE 4
|
||||
/** Maximum difference in pixels between the test point and the measured point. */
|
||||
#define POINTS_MAX_ERROR 8
|
||||
|
||||
/** Delay at the end of calibartion for result display */
|
||||
#define DELAY_RESULT_DISPLAY 4000000
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Point used during the touchscreen calibration process. */
|
||||
typedef struct _CalibrationPoint {
|
||||
|
||||
/** Coordinate of point along the X-axis of the screen. */
|
||||
uint32_t x;
|
||||
/** Coordinate of point along the Y-axis of the screen. */
|
||||
uint32_t y;
|
||||
/** Calibration data of point. */
|
||||
uint32_t data[2];
|
||||
|
||||
} CalibrationPoint;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** indicates if the touch screen has been calibrated. */
|
||||
/** If not, Callback functions are not called. */
|
||||
static volatile uint8_t bCalibrationOk = 1 ; //0;
|
||||
/** Slope for interpoling touchscreen measurements along the X-axis. */
|
||||
static int32_t xSlope;
|
||||
/** Slope for interpoling touchscreen measurements along the Y-axis. */
|
||||
static int32_t ySlope;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calibration points. */
|
||||
static CalibrationPoint calibrationPoints[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Top-left corner calibration point */
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_WIDTH / 10,
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT / 10,
|
||||
{0, 0}
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* Top-right corner calibration point */
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_WIDTH - BOARD_LCD_WIDTH / 10,
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT / 10,
|
||||
{0, 0}
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* Bottom-right corner calibration point */
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_WIDTH - BOARD_LCD_WIDTH / 10,
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT - BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT / 10,
|
||||
{0, 0}
|
||||
},
|
||||
/* Bottom-left corner calibration point */
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_WIDTH / 10,
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT - BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT / 10,
|
||||
{0, 0}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Test point */
|
||||
static const CalibrationPoint testPoint = {
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_WIDTH / 2,
|
||||
BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT / 2,
|
||||
{0, 0}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* External functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* \brief Display a calibration point on the given buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pPoint Calibration point to display.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DrawCalibrationPoint(const CalibrationPoint *pPoint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCDD_DrawRectangleWithFill(pPoint->x - POINTS_SIZE / 2,
|
||||
pPoint->y - POINTS_SIZE / 2,
|
||||
POINTS_SIZE,
|
||||
POINTS_SIZE,
|
||||
COLOR_RED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Clears a calibration point from the given buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pPoint Calibration point to clear.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ClearCalibrationPoint(const CalibrationPoint *pPoint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCDD_DrawRectangleWithFill(pPoint->x - POINTS_SIZE / 2,
|
||||
pPoint->y - POINTS_SIZE / 2,
|
||||
POINTS_SIZE,
|
||||
POINTS_SIZE,
|
||||
COLOR_WHITE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \breif Indicates if the calibration of the touch screen is Ok.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return 1 calibration Ok, 0 if not.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (bCalibrationOk == 1) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Interpolates the provided raw measurements using the previously calculated
|
||||
* slope. The resulting x and y coordinates are stored in an array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pData Raw measurement data, as returned by TSD_GetRawMeasurement().
|
||||
* \param pPoint Array in which x and y will be stored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSDCom_InterpolateMeasurement(const uint32_t *pData, uint32_t *pPoint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pPoint[0] = calibrationPoints[0].x
|
||||
- (((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].data[0] - (int32_t) pData[0]) * 1024)
|
||||
/ xSlope;
|
||||
|
||||
pPoint[1] = calibrationPoints[0].y
|
||||
- (((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].data[1] - (int32_t) pData[1]) * 1024)
|
||||
/ ySlope;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pPoint[0] & 0x80000000) /* Is pPoint[0] negative ? */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pPoint[0] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pPoint[0] > BOARD_LCD_WIDTH) /* Is pPoint[0] bigger than the LCD width ? */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pPoint[0] = BOARD_LCD_WIDTH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pPoint[1] & 0x80000000) /* Is pPoint[1] negative ? */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pPoint[1] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pPoint[1] > BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT) /* Is pPoint[1] bigger than the LCD width ? */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pPoint[1] = BOARD_LCD_HEIGHT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Performs the calibration process using the provided buffer to display
|
||||
* information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return True if calibration was successful; otherwise false.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TSDCom_Calibrate(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile uint32_t i; /* to keep the tempo with gcc code optimisation */
|
||||
int32_t slope1, slope2;
|
||||
CalibrationPoint measuredPoint;
|
||||
uint8_t xOk, yOk;
|
||||
int32_t xDiff, yDiff;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calibration setup */
|
||||
LCDD_Fill(COLOR_WHITE);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(30, 50, (uint8_t *)"LCD calibration", COLOR_BLACK);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(1, 140, (uint8_t *)"Touch the dots to\ncalibrate the screen", COLOR_DARKBLUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calibration points */
|
||||
for (i=0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||
|
||||
DrawCalibrationPoint(&calibrationPoints[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for touch & end of conversion */
|
||||
TSD_WaitPenPressed();
|
||||
TSD_GetRawMeasurement(calibrationPoints[i].data);
|
||||
ClearCalibrationPoint(&calibrationPoints[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for contact loss */
|
||||
TSD_WaitPenReleased();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate slopes using the calibration data
|
||||
* Theory behind those calculations:
|
||||
* - We suppose the touchscreen measurements are linear, so the following equations are true (simple
|
||||
* linear regression) for any two 'a' and 'b' points of the screen:
|
||||
* dx = (a.data[0] - b.data[0]) / (a.x - b.x)
|
||||
* dy = (a.data[1] - b.data[1]) / (a.y - b.y)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - We calculate dx and dy (called xslope and yslope here) using the calibration points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - We can then use dx and dy to infer the position of a point 'p' given the measurements performed
|
||||
* by the touchscreen ('c' is any of the calibration points):
|
||||
* dx = (p.data[0] - c.data[0]) / (p.x - c.x)
|
||||
* dy = (p.data[1] - c.data[1]) / (p.y - c.y)
|
||||
* Thus:
|
||||
* p.x = c.x - (p.data[0] - c.data[0]) / dx
|
||||
* p.y = c.y - (p.data[1] - c.data[1]) / dy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Since there are four calibration points, dx and dy can be calculated twice, so we average
|
||||
* the two values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
slope1 = ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].data[0]) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[1].data[0]);
|
||||
slope1 *= 1024;
|
||||
slope1 /= ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].x) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[1].x);
|
||||
slope2 = ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[2].data[0]) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[3].data[0]);
|
||||
slope2 *= 1024;
|
||||
slope2 /= ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[2].x) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[3].x);
|
||||
xSlope = (slope1 + slope2) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
slope1 = ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].data[1]) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[2].data[1]);
|
||||
slope1 *= 1024;
|
||||
slope1 /= ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[0].y) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[2].y);
|
||||
slope2 = ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[1].data[1]) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[3].data[1]);
|
||||
slope2 *= 1024;
|
||||
slope2 /= ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[1].y) - ((int32_t) calibrationPoints[3].y);
|
||||
ySlope = (slope1 + slope2) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test point */
|
||||
LCDD_Fill(0xFFFFFF);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(30, 50, (uint8_t *)"LCD calibration", COLOR_BLACK);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(1, 100, (uint8_t *)" Touch the point to\nvalidate calibration", COLOR_DARKBLUE);
|
||||
DrawCalibrationPoint(&testPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for touch & end of conversion */
|
||||
TSD_WaitPenPressed();
|
||||
|
||||
TSD_GetRawMeasurement(measuredPoint.data);
|
||||
TSDCom_InterpolateMeasurement(measuredPoint.data, (uint32_t *) &measuredPoint);
|
||||
DrawCalibrationPoint(&measuredPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check resulting x and y */
|
||||
xDiff = (int32_t) measuredPoint.x - (int32_t) testPoint.x;
|
||||
yDiff = (int32_t) measuredPoint.y - (int32_t) testPoint.y;
|
||||
xOk = (xDiff >= -POINTS_MAX_ERROR) && (xDiff <= POINTS_MAX_ERROR);
|
||||
yOk = (yDiff >= -POINTS_MAX_ERROR) && (yDiff <= POINTS_MAX_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for contact loss */
|
||||
TSD_WaitPenReleased();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check calibration result */
|
||||
if (xOk && yOk) {
|
||||
|
||||
bCalibrationOk = 1;
|
||||
LCDD_Fill(COLOR_WHITE);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(30, 50, (uint8_t *)"LCD calibration", COLOR_BLACK);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(80, 140, (uint8_t *)"Success !", COLOR_GREEN);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
bCalibrationOk = 0;
|
||||
LCDD_Fill(COLOR_WHITE);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(30, 50, (uint8_t *)"LCD calibration", COLOR_BLACK);
|
||||
LCDD_DrawString(40, 140, (uint8_t *)"Error too big", COLOR_RED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Slight delay */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < DELAY_RESULT_DISPLAY; i++);
|
||||
|
||||
return (xOk && yOk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Read calibrate data to buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pBuffer Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param size Size of data buffer in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSDCom_ReadCalibrateData(void *pBuffer, uint32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t *pDest = (uint8_t *)pBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sizeof(bCalibrationOk) + sizeof(xSlope) +
|
||||
sizeof(ySlope) + sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data)) < size);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(pDest, (void const *)&bCalibrationOk, sizeof(bCalibrationOk));
|
||||
pDest += sizeof(bCalibrationOk);
|
||||
memcpy(pDest, &xSlope, sizeof(xSlope));
|
||||
pDest += sizeof(xSlope);
|
||||
memcpy(pDest, &ySlope, sizeof(ySlope));
|
||||
pDest += sizeof(ySlope);
|
||||
memcpy(pDest, &calibrationPoints[0].data, sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data));
|
||||
pDest += sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Restore calibrate data with buffer data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pBuffer Data buffer.
|
||||
* \param size Size of data buffer in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSDCom_RestoreCalibrateData(void *pBuffer, uint32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t *pSrc = (uint8_t *)pBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sizeof(bCalibrationOk) + sizeof(xSlope) +
|
||||
sizeof(ySlope) + sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data)) < size);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy((void *)&bCalibrationOk, pSrc, sizeof(bCalibrationOk));
|
||||
pSrc += sizeof(bCalibrationOk);
|
||||
memcpy(&xSlope, pSrc, sizeof(xSlope));
|
||||
pSrc += sizeof(xSlope);
|
||||
memcpy(&ySlope, pSrc, sizeof(ySlope));
|
||||
pSrc += sizeof(ySlope);
|
||||
memcpy(&calibrationPoints[0].data, pSrc, sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data));
|
||||
pSrc += sizeof(calibrationPoints[0].data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for touchscreen driver device irrelevance code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TSD_COM_H
|
||||
#define TSD_COM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TSDCom_InterpolateMeasurement(
|
||||
const uint32_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t *pPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TSDCom_Calibrate(void);
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TSDCom_IsCalibrationOk(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void TSDCom_ReadCalibrateData(void *pBuffer, uint32_t size);
|
||||
void TSDCom_RestoreCalibrateData(void *pBuffer, uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef TSD_COM_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup twi_module Working with TWI
|
||||
* The TWI driver provides the interface to configure and use the TWI
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \usage
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Configures a TWI peripheral to operate in master mode, at the given
|
||||
* frequency (in Hz) using TWI_Configure(). </li>
|
||||
* <li> Sends a STOP condition on the TWI using TWI_Stop().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Starts a read operation on the TWI bus with the specified slave using
|
||||
* TWI_StartRead(). Data must then be read using TWI_ReadByte() whenever
|
||||
* a byte is available (poll using TWI_ByteReceived()).</li>
|
||||
* <li> Starts a write operation on the TWI to access the selected slave using
|
||||
* TWI_StartWrite(). A byte of data must be provided to start the write;
|
||||
* other bytes are written next.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Sends a byte of data to one of the TWI slaves on the bus using TWI_WriteByte().
|
||||
* This function must be called once before TWI_StartWrite() with the first byte of data
|
||||
* to send, then it shall be called repeatedly after that to send the remaining bytes.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Check if a byte has been received and can be read on the given TWI
|
||||
* peripheral using TWI_ByteReceived().<
|
||||
* Check if a byte has been sent using TWI_ByteSent().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Check if the current transmission is complete (the STOP has been sent)
|
||||
* using TWI_TransferComplete().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Enables & disable the selected interrupts sources on a TWI peripheral
|
||||
* using TWI_EnableIt() and TWI_DisableIt().</li>
|
||||
* <li> Get current status register of the given TWI peripheral using
|
||||
* TWI_GetStatus(). Get current status register of the given TWI peripheral, but
|
||||
* masking interrupt sources which are not currently enabled using
|
||||
* TWI_GetMaskedStatus().</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the TWI section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref twi.c\n
|
||||
* \ref twi.h.\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@{*/
|
||||
/*@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of Two Wire Interface (TWI).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include "twi.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/math.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures a TWI peripheral to operate in master mode, at the given
|
||||
* frequency (in Hz). The duty cycle of the TWI clock is set to 50%.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param twck Desired TWI clock frequency.
|
||||
* \param mck Master clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_ConfigureMaster(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t twck, uint32_t mck)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t ckdiv = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t cldiv;
|
||||
uint8_t ok = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("TWI_ConfigureMaster()\n\r");
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* SVEN: TWI Slave Mode Enabled */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SVEN;
|
||||
/* Reset the TWI*/
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_RHR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TWI Slave Mode Disabled, TWI Master Mode Disabled. */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SVDIS;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_MSDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set master mode */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_MSEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure clock */
|
||||
while (!ok) {
|
||||
cldiv = ((mck / (2 * twck)) - 3) / power(2, ckdiv);
|
||||
if (cldiv <= 255) {
|
||||
ok = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
ckdiv++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
ASSERT(ckdiv < 8, "-F- Cannot find valid TWI clock parameters\n\r");
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("Using CKDIV = %u and CLDIV/CHDIV = %u\n\r", ckdiv, cldiv);
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CWGR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CWGR = (ckdiv << 16) | (cldiv << 8) | cldiv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures a TWI peripheral to operate in slave mode.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param slaveAddress Slave address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_ConfigureSlave(Twi *pTwi, uint8_t slaveAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TWI software reset */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SWRST;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_RHR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait at least 10 ms */
|
||||
for (i=0; i < 1000000; i++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TWI Slave Mode Disabled, TWI Master Mode Disabled*/
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SVDIS | TWI_CR_MSDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure slave address. */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_SMR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_SMR = (slaveAddress << 16) & TWI_SMR_SADR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* SVEN: TWI Slave Mode Enabled */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_SVEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait at least 10 ms */
|
||||
for (i=0; i < 1000000; i++);
|
||||
ASSERT( (pTwi->TWI_CR & TWI_CR_SVDIS)!= TWI_CR_SVDIS, "Can't configure TWI slave mode");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends a STOP condition on the TWI.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_Stop(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_STOP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Starts a read operation on the TWI bus with the specified slave, it returns
|
||||
* immediately. Data must then be read using TWI_ReadByte() whenever a byte is
|
||||
* available (poll using TWI_ByteReceived()).
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param address Slave address on the bus.
|
||||
* \param iaddress Optional internal address bytes.
|
||||
* \param isize Number of internal address bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_StartRead(
|
||||
Twi *pTwi,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address & 0x80) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((iaddress & 0xFF000000) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(isize < 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set slave address and number of internal address bytes. */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_MMR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_MMR = (isize << 8) | TWI_MMR_MREAD | (address << 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set internal address bytes */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IADR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IADR = iaddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send START condition */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR = TWI_CR_START;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads a byte from the TWI bus. The read operation must have been started
|
||||
* using TWI_StartRead() and a byte must be available (check with TWI_ByteReceived()).
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \return byte read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWI_ReadByte(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
return pTwi->TWI_RHR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends a byte of data to one of the TWI slaves on the bus.
|
||||
* \note This function must be called once before TWI_StartWrite() with
|
||||
* the first byte of data to send, then it shall be called repeatedly
|
||||
* after that to send the remaining bytes.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param byte Byte to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_WriteByte(Twi *pTwi, uint8_t byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_THR = byte;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Starts a write operation on the TWI to access the selected slave, then
|
||||
* returns immediately. A byte of data must be provided to start the write;
|
||||
* other bytes are written next.
|
||||
* after that to send the remaining bytes.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param address Address of slave to acccess on the bus.
|
||||
* \param iaddress Optional slave internal address.
|
||||
* \param isize Number of internal address bytes.
|
||||
* \param byte First byte to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_StartWrite(
|
||||
Twi *pTwi,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address & 0x80) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((iaddress & 0xFF000000) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(isize < 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set slave address and number of internal address bytes. */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_MMR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_MMR = (isize << 8) | (address << 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set internal address bytes. */
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IADR = 0;
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IADR = iaddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write first byte to send.*/
|
||||
TWI_WriteByte(pTwi, byte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if a byte have been receiced from TWI.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \return 1 if a byte has been received and can be read on the given TWI
|
||||
* peripheral; otherwise, returns 0. This function resets the status register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWI_ByteReceived(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((pTwi->TWI_SR & TWI_SR_RXRDY) == TWI_SR_RXRDY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if a byte have been sent to TWI.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \return 1 if a byte has been sent so another one can be stored for
|
||||
* transmission; otherwise returns 0. This function clears the status register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWI_ByteSent(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((pTwi->TWI_SR & TWI_SR_TXRDY) == TWI_SR_TXRDY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if current transmission is complet.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \return 1 if the current transmission is complete (the STOP has been sent);
|
||||
* otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWI_TransferComplete(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((pTwi->TWI_SR & TWI_SR_TXCOMP) == TWI_SR_TXCOMP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables the selected interrupts sources on a TWI peripheral.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param sources Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_EnableIt(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sources & 0xFFFFF088) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IER = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disables the selected interrupts sources on a TWI peripheral.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \param sources Bitwise OR of selected interrupt sources.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_DisableIt(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t sources)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((sources & 0xFFFFF088) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_IDR = sources;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get the current status register of the given TWI peripheral.
|
||||
* \note This resets the internal value of the status register, so further
|
||||
* read may yield different values.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
* \return TWI status register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t TWI_GetStatus(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
return pTwi->TWI_SR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns the current status register of the given TWI peripheral, but
|
||||
* masking interrupt sources which are not currently enabled.
|
||||
* \note This resets the internal value of the status register, so further
|
||||
* read may yield different values.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t TWI_GetMaskedStatus(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t status;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
status = pTwi->TWI_SR;
|
||||
status &= pTwi->TWI_IMR;
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends a STOP condition. STOP Condition is sent just after completing
|
||||
* the current byte transmission in master read mode.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to an Twi instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWI_SendSTOPCondition(Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
pTwi->TWI_CR |= TWI_CR_STOP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interface for configuration the Two Wire Interface (TWI) peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TWI_H
|
||||
#define TWI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Macros
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Returns 1 if the TXRDY bit (ready to transmit data) is set in the given status register value.*/
|
||||
#define TWI_STATUS_TXRDY(status) ((status & TWI_SR_TXRDY) == TWI_SR_TXRDY)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns 1 if the RXRDY bit (ready to receive data) is set in the given status register value.*/
|
||||
#define TWI_STATUS_RXRDY(status) ((status & TWI_SR_RXRDY) == TWI_SR_RXRDY)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns 1 if the TXCOMP bit (transfer complete) is set in the given status register value.*/
|
||||
#define TWI_STATUS_TXCOMP(status) ((status & TWI_SR_TXCOMP) == TWI_SR_TXCOMP)
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* External function
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_ConfigureMaster(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t twck, uint32_t mck);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_ConfigureSlave(Twi *pTwi, uint8_t slaveAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_Stop(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_StartRead(
|
||||
Twi *pTwi,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWI_ReadByte(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_WriteByte(Twi *pTwi, uint8_t byte);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_StartWrite(
|
||||
Twi *pTwi,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t byte);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWI_ByteReceived(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWI_ByteSent(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWI_TransferComplete(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_EnableIt(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t sources);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_DisableIt(Twi *pTwi, uint32_t sources);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t TWI_GetStatus(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t TWI_GetMaskedStatus(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWI_SendSTOPCondition(Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef TWI_H
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "twid.h"
|
||||
#include <twi/twi.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definition
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define TWITIMEOUTMAX 50000
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** TWI driver callback function.*/
|
||||
typedef void (*TwiCallback)(Async *);
|
||||
|
||||
/** TWI asynchronous transfer descriptor.*/
|
||||
typedef struct _AsyncTwi {
|
||||
|
||||
/** Asynchronous transfer status. */
|
||||
volatile uint8_t status;
|
||||
// Callback function to invoke when transfer completes or fails.*/
|
||||
TwiCallback callback;
|
||||
/** Pointer to the data buffer.*/
|
||||
uint8_t *pData;
|
||||
/** Total number of bytes to transfer.*/
|
||||
uint32_t num;
|
||||
/** Number of already transferred bytes.*/
|
||||
uint32_t transferred;
|
||||
|
||||
} AsyncTwi;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Global functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initializes a TWI driver instance, using the given TWI peripheral.
|
||||
* \note The peripheral must have been initialized properly before calling this function.
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to the Twid instance to initialize.
|
||||
* \param pTwi Pointer to the TWI peripheral to use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWID_Initialize(Twid *pTwid, Twi *pTwi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("TWID_Initialize()\n\r");
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwid);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize driver. */
|
||||
pTwid->pTwi = pTwi;
|
||||
pTwid->pTransfer = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Interrupt handler for a TWI peripheral. Manages asynchronous transfer
|
||||
* occuring on the bus. This function MUST be called by the interrupt service
|
||||
* routine of the TWI peripheral if asynchronous read/write are needed.
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to a Twid instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TWID_Handler(Twid *pTwid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t status;
|
||||
AsyncTwi *pTransfer = (AsyncTwi *) pTwid->pTransfer;
|
||||
Twi *pTwi = pTwid->pTwi;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve interrupt status */
|
||||
status = TWI_GetMaskedStatus(pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Byte received */
|
||||
if (TWI_STATUS_RXRDY(status)) {
|
||||
|
||||
pTransfer->pData[pTransfer->transferred] = TWI_ReadByte(pTwi);
|
||||
pTransfer->transferred++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* check for transfer finish */
|
||||
if (pTransfer->transferred == pTransfer->num) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_DisableIt(pTwi, TWI_IDR_RXRDY);
|
||||
TWI_EnableIt(pTwi, TWI_IER_TXCOMP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Last byte? */
|
||||
else if (pTransfer->transferred == (pTransfer->num - 1)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_Stop(pTwi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Byte sent*/
|
||||
else if (TWI_STATUS_TXRDY(status)) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer finished ? */
|
||||
if (pTransfer->transferred == pTransfer->num) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_DisableIt(pTwi, TWI_IDR_TXRDY);
|
||||
TWI_EnableIt(pTwi, TWI_IER_TXCOMP);
|
||||
TWI_SendSTOPCondition(pTwi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Bytes remaining */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_WriteByte(pTwi, pTransfer->pData[pTransfer->transferred]);
|
||||
pTransfer->transferred++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Transfer complete*/
|
||||
else if (TWI_STATUS_TXCOMP(status)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_DisableIt(pTwi, TWI_IDR_TXCOMP);
|
||||
pTransfer->status = 0;
|
||||
if (pTransfer->callback) {
|
||||
|
||||
pTransfer->callback((Async *) pTransfer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pTwid->pTransfer = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Asynchronously reads data from a slave on the TWI bus. An optional
|
||||
* callback function is triggered when the transfer is complete.
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to a Twid instance.
|
||||
* \param address TWI slave address.
|
||||
* \param iaddress Optional slave internal address.
|
||||
* \param isize Internal address size in bytes.
|
||||
* \param pData Data buffer for storing received bytes.
|
||||
* \param num Number of bytes to read.
|
||||
* \param pAsync Asynchronous transfer descriptor.
|
||||
* \return 0 if the transfer has been started; otherwise returns a TWI error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWID_Read(
|
||||
Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t num,
|
||||
Async *pAsync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Twi *pTwi = pTwid->pTwi;
|
||||
AsyncTwi *pTransfer = (AsyncTwi *) pTwid->pTransfer;
|
||||
uint32_t timeout;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwid);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address & 0x80) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((iaddress & 0xFF000000) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(isize < 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check that no transfer is already pending*/
|
||||
if (pTransfer) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWID_Read: A transfer is already pending\n\r");
|
||||
return TWID_ERROR_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set STOP signal if only one byte is sent*/
|
||||
if (num == 1) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_Stop(pTwi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Asynchronous transfer*/
|
||||
if (pAsync) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the transfer descriptor */
|
||||
pTwid->pTransfer = pAsync;
|
||||
pTransfer = (AsyncTwi *) pAsync;
|
||||
pTransfer->status = ASYNC_STATUS_PENDING;
|
||||
pTransfer->pData = pData;
|
||||
pTransfer->num = num;
|
||||
pTransfer->transferred = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable read interrupt and start the transfer */
|
||||
TWI_EnableIt(pTwi, TWI_IER_RXRDY);
|
||||
TWI_StartRead(pTwi, address, iaddress, isize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Synchronous transfer*/
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start read*/
|
||||
TWI_StartRead(pTwi, address, iaddress, isize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read all bytes, setting STOP before the last byte*/
|
||||
while (num > 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Last byte ?*/
|
||||
if (num == 1) {
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_Stop(pTwi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for byte then read and store it*/
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while( !TWI_ByteReceived(pTwi) && (++timeout<TWITIMEOUTMAX) );
|
||||
if (timeout == TWITIMEOUTMAX) {
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWID Timeout BR\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
*pData++ = TWI_ReadByte(pTwi);
|
||||
num--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for transfer to be complete */
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while( !TWI_TransferComplete(pTwi) && (++timeout<TWITIMEOUTMAX) );
|
||||
if (timeout == TWITIMEOUTMAX) {
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWID Timeout TC\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Asynchronously sends data to a slave on the TWI bus. An optional callback
|
||||
* function is invoked whenever the transfer is complete.
|
||||
* \param pTwid Pointer to a Twid instance.
|
||||
* \param address TWI slave address.
|
||||
* \param iaddress Optional slave internal address.
|
||||
* \param isize Number of internal address bytes.
|
||||
* \param pData Data buffer for storing received bytes.
|
||||
* \param num Data buffer to send.
|
||||
* \param pAsync Asynchronous transfer descriptor.
|
||||
* \return 0 if the transfer has been started; otherwise returns a TWI error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TWID_Write(
|
||||
Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t num,
|
||||
Async *pAsync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Twi *pTwi = pTwid->pTwi;
|
||||
AsyncTwi *pTransfer = (AsyncTwi *) pTwid->pTransfer;
|
||||
uint32_t timeout;
|
||||
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pTwi);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((address & 0x80) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK((iaddress & 0xFF000000) == 0);
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(isize < 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check that no transfer is already pending */
|
||||
if (pTransfer) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWI_Write: A transfer is already pending\n\r");
|
||||
return TWID_ERROR_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Asynchronous transfer */
|
||||
if (pAsync) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the transfer descriptor */
|
||||
pTwid->pTransfer = pAsync;
|
||||
pTransfer = (AsyncTwi *) pAsync;
|
||||
pTransfer->status = ASYNC_STATUS_PENDING;
|
||||
pTransfer->pData = pData;
|
||||
pTransfer->num = num;
|
||||
pTransfer->transferred = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable write interrupt and start the transfer */
|
||||
TWI_StartWrite(pTwi, address, iaddress, isize, *pData);
|
||||
TWI_EnableIt(pTwi, TWI_IER_TXRDY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Synchronous transfer*/
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
// Start write
|
||||
TWI_StartWrite(pTwi, address, iaddress, isize, *pData++);
|
||||
num--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send all bytes */
|
||||
while (num > 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait before sending the next byte */
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
while( !TWI_ByteSent(pTwi) && (++timeout<TWITIMEOUTMAX) );
|
||||
if (timeout == TWITIMEOUTMAX) {
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWID Timeout BS\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TWI_WriteByte(pTwi, *pData++);
|
||||
num--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for actual end of transfer */
|
||||
timeout = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TWI_V3XX
|
||||
/* Send a STOP condition */
|
||||
TWI_SendSTOPCondition(pTwi);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
while( !TWI_TransferComplete(pTwi) && (++timeout<TWITIMEOUTMAX) );
|
||||
if (timeout == TWITIMEOUTMAX) {
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("TWID Timeout TC2\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TWID_H
|
||||
#define TWID_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <drivers/async/async.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definition
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** TWI driver is currently busy. */
|
||||
#define TWID_ERROR_BUSY 1
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Types
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** TWI driver structure. Holds the internal state of the driver.*/
|
||||
typedef struct _Twid {
|
||||
/** Pointer to the underlying TWI peripheral.*/
|
||||
Twi *pTwi;
|
||||
/** Current asynchronous transfer being processed.*/
|
||||
Async *pTransfer;
|
||||
|
||||
} Twid;
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Export functions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
extern void TWID_Initialize(Twid *pTwid, Twi *pTwi);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void TWID_Handler(Twid *pTwid);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWID_Read(
|
||||
Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t num,
|
||||
Async *pAsync);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t TWID_Write(
|
||||
Twid *pTwid,
|
||||
uint8_t address,
|
||||
uint32_t iaddress,
|
||||
uint8_t isize,
|
||||
uint8_t *pData,
|
||||
uint32_t num,
|
||||
Async *pAsync);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef TWID_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implements UART console.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <pio/pio.h>
|
||||
#include <pmc/pmc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "usart/uart_console.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Console baudrate always using 115200. */
|
||||
#define CONSOLE_BAUDRATE 115200
|
||||
/** Usart Hw interface used by the console (UART0). */
|
||||
#define CONSOLE_USART UART0
|
||||
/** Usart Hw ID used by the console (UART0). */
|
||||
#define CONSOLE_ID ID_UART0
|
||||
/** Pins description corresponding to Rxd,Txd, (UART pins) */
|
||||
#define CONSOLE_PINS {PINS_UART}
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Variables
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Is Console Initialized. */
|
||||
static uint8_t isConsolInitialized = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures an USART peripheral with the specified parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baudrate at which the USART should operate (in Hz).
|
||||
* \param masterClock Frequency of the system master clock (in Hz).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void UART_Configure( uint32_t baudrate,
|
||||
uint32_t masterClock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const Pin pPins[] = CONSOLE_PINS;
|
||||
Uart *pUart = CONSOLE_USART;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PIO */
|
||||
PIO_Configure(pPins, PIO_LISTSIZE(pPins));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PMC */
|
||||
PMC->PMC_PCER0 = 1 << CONSOLE_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset and disable receiver & transmitter */
|
||||
pUart->UART_CR = UART_CR_RSTRX | UART_CR_RSTTX
|
||||
| UART_CR_RXDIS | UART_CR_TXDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure mode */
|
||||
pUart->UART_MR = (0x4 << 9); /* TODO: Change with new symbols: AT91C_UART_CHRL_8_BITS | AT91C_UART_PAR_NONE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure baudrate */
|
||||
/* Asynchronous, no oversampling */
|
||||
pUart->UART_BRGR = (masterClock / baudrate) / 16;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable PDC channel */
|
||||
pUart->UART_PTCR = UART_PTCR_RXTDIS | UART_PTCR_TXTDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable receiver and transmitter */
|
||||
pUart->UART_CR = UART_CR_RXEN | UART_CR_TXEN;
|
||||
|
||||
isConsolInitialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Outputs a character on the UART line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function is synchronous (i.e. uses polling).
|
||||
* \param c Character to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UART_PutChar(uint8_t c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Uart *pUart = CONSOLE_USART;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isConsolInitialized)
|
||||
UART_Configure(CONSOLE_BAUDRATE, BOARD_MCK);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for the transmitter to be ready */
|
||||
while ((pUart->UART_SR & UART_SR_TXEMPTY) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send character */
|
||||
pUart->UART_THR = c;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Input a character from the UART line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function is synchronous
|
||||
* \return character received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t UART_GetChar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Uart *pUart = CONSOLE_USART;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isConsolInitialized)
|
||||
UART_Configure(CONSOLE_BAUDRATE, BOARD_MCK);
|
||||
|
||||
while((pUart->UART_SR & UART_SR_RXRDY) == 0);
|
||||
return pUart->UART_RHR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Check if there is Input from UART line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return true if there is Input.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UART_IsRxReady(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Uart *pUart = CONSOLE_USART;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isConsolInitialized)
|
||||
UART_Configure(CONSOLE_BAUDRATE, BOARD_MCK);
|
||||
|
||||
return (pUart->UART_SR & UART_SR_RXRDY) > 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* \cond NOFPUT */
|
||||
#ifndef NOFPUT
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Implementation of fputc using the UART as the standard output. Required
|
||||
* for printf().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param c Character to write.
|
||||
* \param pStream Output stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The character written if successful, or -1 if the output stream is
|
||||
* not stdout or stderr.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fputc ( int c, FILE * pStream )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((pStream == stdout) || (pStream == stderr)) {
|
||||
UART_PutChar(c);
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Implementation of fputs using the UART as the standard output. Required
|
||||
* for printf(). Does NOT currently use the PDC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pStr String to write.
|
||||
* \param pStream Output stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Number of characters written if successful, or -1 if the output
|
||||
* stream is not stdout or stderr.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed int fputs(const char *pStr, FILE *pStream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed int num = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (*pStr != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (fputc(*pStr, pStream) == -1) {
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
num++;
|
||||
pStr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return num;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef putchar
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Outputs a character on the UART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param c Character to output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The character that was output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed int putchar(signed int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return fputc(c, stdout);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The char which has been ungotten, or EOF. */
|
||||
static int _UngetChar = EOF;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Implementation of fputc using the UART as the standard output. Required
|
||||
* for printf().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param c Character to write.
|
||||
* \param pStream Output stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The character written if successful, or -1 if the output stream is
|
||||
* not stdout or stderr.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fgetc (FILE * pStream )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pStream == stdin) {
|
||||
c = UART_GetChar();
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef getchar
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get a character from UART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The character received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed int getchar(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (_UngetChar != EOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res = _UngetChar;
|
||||
_UngetChar = EOF;
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return fgetc(stdin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef __ungetchar
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Unget a character from stdin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The unget character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed int __ungetchar(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_UngetChar = c;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #ifndef NOFPUT */
|
||||
/* \endcond */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UART_CONSOLE_H_
|
||||
#define UART_CONSOLE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
extern void UART_PutChar(uint8_t c);
|
||||
extern uint8_t UART_GetChar(void);
|
||||
extern bool UART_IsRxReady(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* UART_CONSOLE_H_ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup usart_module Working with USART
|
||||
* The USART driver provides the interface to configure and use the USART peripheral.\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The USART supports several kinds of comminication modes such as full-duplex asynchronous/
|
||||
* synchronous serial commnunication,RS485 with driver control signal,ISO7816,SPI and Test modes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To start a USART transfer with \ref AT91SAM3S_PDC "PDC" support, the user could follow these steps:
|
||||
* <ul>
|
||||
* <li> Configure USART with expected mode and baudrate(see \ref USART_Configure), which could be done by:
|
||||
* -# Resetting and disabling transmitter and receiver by setting US_CR(Control Register). </li>
|
||||
* -# Conifguring the USART in a specific mode by setting USART_MODE bits in US_MR(Mode Register) </li>
|
||||
* -# Setting baudrate which is different from mode to mode.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
* <li> Enable transmitter or receiver respectively by set US_CR_TXEN or US_CR_RXEN in US_CR.</li>
|
||||
* <li> Read from or write to the peripheral with \ref USART_ReadBuffer or \ref USART_WriteBuffer.
|
||||
These operations could be done by polling or interruption. </li>
|
||||
* <li> For polling, check the status bit US_CSR_ENDRX/US_CSR_RXBUFF (READ) or US_CSR_ENDTX/
|
||||
US_CSR_TXBUFE (WRITE). </li>
|
||||
* <li> For interruption,"enable" the status bit through US_IER and
|
||||
realize the hanler with USARTx_IrqHandler according to IRQ vector
|
||||
table which is defined in board_cstartup_<toolchain>.c
|
||||
To enable the interruption of USART,it should be configured with priority and enabled first through
|
||||
NVIC .</li>
|
||||
* </ul>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For more accurate information, please look at the USART section of the
|
||||
* Datasheet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Related files :\n
|
||||
* \ref usart.c\n
|
||||
* \ref usart.h\n
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of USART (Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter)
|
||||
* controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "usart.h"
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Local definitions
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Exported functions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configures an USART peripheral with the specified parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to the USART peripheral to configure.
|
||||
* \param mode Desired value for the USART mode register (see the datasheet).
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baudrate at which the USART should operate (in Hz).
|
||||
* \param masterClock Frequency of the system master clock (in Hz).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_Configure(Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint32_t mode,
|
||||
uint32_t baudrate,
|
||||
uint32_t masterClock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset and disable receiver & transmitter*/
|
||||
usart->US_CR = US_CR_RSTRX | US_CR_RSTTX
|
||||
| US_CR_RXDIS | US_CR_TXDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure mode*/
|
||||
usart->US_MR = mode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure baudrate*/
|
||||
/* Asynchronous, no oversampling*/
|
||||
if (((mode & US_MR_SYNC__CPHA) == 0)
|
||||
&& ((mode & US_MR_OVER) == 0)) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_BRGR = (masterClock / baudrate) / 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* TODO other modes*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables or disables the transmitter of an USART peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral
|
||||
* \param enabled If true, the transmitter is enabled; otherwise it is
|
||||
* disabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_SetTransmitterEnabled(Usart *usart, uint8_t enabled)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (enabled) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_CR = US_CR_TXEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_CR = US_CR_TXDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enables or disables the receiver of an USART peripheral
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral
|
||||
* \param enabled If true, the receiver is enabled; otherwise it is disabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_SetReceiverEnabled(Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint8_t enabled)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (enabled) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_CR = US_CR_RXEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_CR = US_CR_RXDIS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends one packet of data through the specified USART peripheral. This
|
||||
* function operates synchronously, so it only returns when the data has been
|
||||
* actually sent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \param data Data to send including 9nth bit and sync field if necessary (in
|
||||
* the same format as the US_THR register in the datasheet).
|
||||
* \param timeOut Time out value (0 = no timeout).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_Write(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint16_t data,
|
||||
volatile uint32_t timeOut)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (timeOut == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_TXEMPTY) == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_TXEMPTY) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (timeOut == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("USART_Write: Timed out.\n\r");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
timeOut--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_THR = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends the contents of a data buffer through the specified USART peripheral.
|
||||
* This function returns immediately (1 if the buffer has been queued, 0
|
||||
* otherwise); poll the ENDTX and TXBUFE bits of the USART status register
|
||||
* to check for the transfer completion.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \param buffer Pointer to the data buffer to send.
|
||||
* \param size Size of the data buffer (in bytes).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t USART_WriteBuffer(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the first PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
if ((usart->US_TCR == 0) && (usart->US_TNCR == 0)) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_TPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
usart->US_TCR = size;
|
||||
usart->US_PTCR = US_PTCR_TXTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if the second PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (usart->US_TNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_TNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
usart->US_TNCR = size;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads and return a packet of data on the specified USART peripheral. This
|
||||
* function operates asynchronously, so it waits until some data has been
|
||||
* received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \param timeOut Time out value (0 -> no timeout).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t USART_Read(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
volatile uint32_t timeOut)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (timeOut == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_RXRDY) == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_RXRDY) == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (timeOut == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("USART_Read: Timed out.\n\r");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
timeOut--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return usart->US_RHR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads data from an USART peripheral, filling the provided buffer until it
|
||||
* becomes full. This function returns immediately with 1 if the buffer has
|
||||
* been queued for transmission; otherwise 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \param buffer Pointer to the buffer where the received data will be stored.
|
||||
* \param size Size of the data buffer (in bytes).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t USART_ReadBuffer(Usart *usart,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the first PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
if ((usart->US_RCR == 0) && (usart->US_RNCR == 0)) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_RPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
usart->US_RCR = size;
|
||||
usart->US_PTCR = US_PTCR_RXTEN;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if the second PDC bank is free*/
|
||||
else if (usart->US_RNCR == 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
usart->US_RNPR = (uint32_t) buffer;
|
||||
usart->US_RNCR = size;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Returns 1 if some data has been received and can be read from an USART;
|
||||
* otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an Usart instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t USART_IsDataAvailable(Usart *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_RXRDY) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sets the filter value for the IRDA demodulator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pUsart Pointer to an Usart instance.
|
||||
* \param filter Filter value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_SetIrdaFilter(Usart *pUsart, uint8_t filter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SANITY_CHECK(pUsart);
|
||||
|
||||
pUsart->US_IF = filter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Sends one packet of data through the specified USART peripheral. This
|
||||
* function operates synchronously, so it only returns when the data has been
|
||||
* actually sent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \param c Character to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_PutChar(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint8_t c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for the transmitter to be ready*/
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_TXEMPTY) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send character*/
|
||||
usart->US_THR = c;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for the transfer to complete*/
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_TXEMPTY) == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Return 1 if a character can be read in USART
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t USART_IsRxReady(Usart *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_RXRDY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Get present status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t USART_GetStatus(Usart *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return usart->US_CSR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enable interrupt
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_EnableIt(Usart *usart,uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->US_IER = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Disable interrupt
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void USART_DisableIt(Usart *usart,uint32_t mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->US_IDR = mode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Reads and returns a character from the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function is synchronous (i.e. uses polling).
|
||||
* \param usart Pointer to an USART peripheral.
|
||||
* \return Character received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t USART_GetChar(Usart *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((usart->US_CSR & US_CSR_RXRDY) == 0);
|
||||
return usart->US_RHR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Purpose
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module provides several definitions and methods for using an USART
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Usage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -# Enable the USART peripheral clock in the PMC.
|
||||
* -# Enable the required USART PIOs (see pio.h).
|
||||
* -# Configure the UART by calling USART_Configure.
|
||||
* -# Enable the transmitter and/or the receiver of the USART using
|
||||
* USART_SetTransmitterEnabled and USART_SetReceiverEnabled.
|
||||
* -# Send data through the USART using the USART_Write and
|
||||
* USART_WriteBuffer methods.
|
||||
* -# Receive data from the USART using the USART_Read and
|
||||
* USART_ReadBuffer functions; the availability of data can be polled
|
||||
* with USART_IsDataAvailable.
|
||||
* -# Disable the transmitter and/or the receiver of the USART with
|
||||
* USART_SetTransmitterEnabled and USART_SetReceiverEnabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USART_H
|
||||
#define USART_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Headers
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Definitions
|
||||
*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \section USART_mode USART modes
|
||||
* This section lists several common operating modes for an USART peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \b Modes
|
||||
* - USART_MODE_ASYNCHRONOUS
|
||||
* - USART_MODE_IRDA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Basic asynchronous mode, i.e. 8 bits no parity.*/
|
||||
#define USART_MODE_ASYNCHRONOUS (AT91C_US_CHRL_8_BITS | AT91C_US_PAR_NONE)
|
||||
|
||||
/** IRDA mode*/
|
||||
#define USART_MODE_IRDA (AT91C_US_USMODE_IRDA | AT91C_US_CHRL_8_BITS | AT91C_US_PAR_NONE | AT91C_US_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions*/
|
||||
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void USART_Configure(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint32_t mode,
|
||||
uint32_t baudrate,
|
||||
uint32_t masterClock);
|
||||
extern uint32_t USART_GetStatus(Usart *usart);
|
||||
extern void USART_EnableIt(Usart *usart,uint32_t mode);
|
||||
extern void USART_DisableIt(Usart *usart,uint32_t mode);
|
||||
extern void USART_SetTransmitterEnabled(Usart *usart, uint8_t enabled);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void USART_SetReceiverEnabled(Usart *usart, uint8_t enabled);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void USART_Write(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
uint16_t data,
|
||||
volatile uint32_t timeOut);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t USART_WriteBuffer(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint16_t USART_Read(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
volatile uint32_t timeOut);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t USART_ReadBuffer(
|
||||
Usart *usart,
|
||||
void *buffer,
|
||||
uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t USART_IsDataAvailable(Usart *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void USART_SetIrdaFilter(Usart *pUsart, uint8_t filter);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void USART_PutChar(Usart *usart, uint8_t c);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint32_t USART_IsRxReady(Usart *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
extern uint8_t USART_GetChar(Usart *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /*#ifndef USART_H*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Definition of the ASSERT() and SANITY_CHECK() macros, which are used for
|
||||
/// runtime condition & parameter verifying.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Usage
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// -# Use ASSERT() in your code to check the value of function parameters,
|
||||
/// return values, etc. *Warning:* the ASSERT() condition must not have
|
||||
/// any side-effect; otherwise, the program may not work properly
|
||||
/// anymore when assertions are disabled.
|
||||
/// -# Use SANITY_CHECK() to perform checks with a default error message
|
||||
/// (outputs the file and line number where the error occured). This
|
||||
/// reduces memory overhead caused by assertion error strings.
|
||||
/// -# Initialize the dbgu to see failed assertions at run-time.
|
||||
/// -# Assertions can be entirely disabled by defining the NOASSERT symbol
|
||||
/// at compilation time.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ASSERT_H
|
||||
#define ASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "trace.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(NOASSERT)
|
||||
#define ASSERT(...)
|
||||
#define SANITY_CHECK(...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#if (TRACE_LEVEL == 0)
|
||||
/// Checks that the given condition is true,
|
||||
/// otherwise stops the program execution.
|
||||
/// \param condition Condition to verify.
|
||||
#define ASSERT(condition, ...) { \
|
||||
if (!(condition)) { \
|
||||
while (1); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs the same duty as the ASSERT() macro
|
||||
/// \param condition Condition to verify.
|
||||
#define SANITY_CHECK(condition) ASSERT(condition, ...)
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Checks that the given condition is true, otherwise displays an error
|
||||
/// message and stops the program execution.
|
||||
/// \param condition Condition to verify.
|
||||
#define ASSERT(condition, ...) { \
|
||||
if (!(condition)) { \
|
||||
printf("-F- ASSERT: "); \
|
||||
printf(__VA_ARGS__); \
|
||||
while (1); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define SANITY_ERROR "Sanity check failed at %s:%d\n\r"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs the same duty as the ASSERT() macro, except a default error
|
||||
/// message is output if the condition is false.
|
||||
/// \param condition Condition to verify.
|
||||
#define SANITY_CHECK(condition) ASSERT(condition, SANITY_ERROR, __FILE__, __LINE__)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef ASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BITBANDING_H
|
||||
#define BITBANDING_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \file bitbanding.h
|
||||
/// Include Defines & macros for bit-banding.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Header files
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Macros
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \def IS_BITBAND_SRAM_ADDR(x)
|
||||
/// \brief Check if the address is in bit banding sram region.
|
||||
/// \note The address should be in area of 0x2000000 ~ 0x200FFFFF
|
||||
/// \param x The address to check.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define IS_BITBAND_SRAM_ADDR(x) \
|
||||
( ((uint32_t)(x)) >= 0x20000000 && \
|
||||
((uint32_t)(x)) < (0x20000000+0x100000) )
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \def IS_BITBAND_PERIPH_ADDR(x)
|
||||
/// \brief Check if the address is in bit banding peripheral region
|
||||
/// \note The address should be in area of 0x4000000 ~ 0x400FFFFF
|
||||
/// \param x The address to check
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define IS_BITBAND_PERIPH_ADDR(x) \
|
||||
( ((uint32_t)(x)) >= 0x40000000 && \
|
||||
((uint32_t)(x)) < (0x40000000+0x100000) )
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \def BITBAND_ALIAS_ADDRESS(addr, bit)
|
||||
/// \brief Calculate bit band alias address.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Calculate the bit band alias address and return a pointer address to word.
|
||||
/// \param addr The byte address of bitbanding bit.
|
||||
/// \param bit The bit position of bitbanding bit.
|
||||
/// \callergraph
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define BITBAND_ALIAS_ADDRESS(addr, bit) \
|
||||
((volatile uint32_t*)((((uint32_t)(addr) & 0xF0000000) + 0x02000000) \
|
||||
+((((uint32_t)(addr)&0xFFFFF)*32)\
|
||||
+( (uint32_t)(bit)*4))))
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \def WRITE_BITBANDING(addr32, bit, val)
|
||||
/// \brief Bit write through bit banding.
|
||||
/// \param addr32 32-bit aligned byte address where the bit exists.
|
||||
/// \param bit Bit position.
|
||||
/// \param val The value that the bit is set to.
|
||||
/// \callergraph
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define WRITE_BITBANDING(addr32, bit, val) do {\
|
||||
*BITBAND_ALIAS_ADDRESS(addr32,bit) = (val); \
|
||||
} while (0);
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \def TOGGLE_BITBANDING(addr32, bit)
|
||||
/// \brief Toggle bit through bit banding
|
||||
/// \param addr32 32-bit aligned byte address where the bit exists.
|
||||
/// \param bit Bit position.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#define TOGGLE_BITBANDING(addr32, bit) do {\
|
||||
volatile uint32_t * p = \
|
||||
BITBAND_ALIAS_ADDRESS(addr32,bit); \
|
||||
if (*p) *p = 0; \
|
||||
else *p = 1; \
|
||||
}while(0);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef BITBANDING_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "bmp.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Define
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// BMP offset for header
|
||||
#define IMAGE_OFFSET 0x100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal constants
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Describe the BMP palette
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
struct BMPPaletteEntry {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Blue value
|
||||
unsigned char b;
|
||||
/// Green value
|
||||
unsigned char g;
|
||||
/// Red value
|
||||
unsigned char r;
|
||||
/// Filler character value
|
||||
unsigned char filler;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Test if BMP is valid
|
||||
/// \param file Buffer holding the file to examinate.
|
||||
/// \return 1 if the header of a BMP file is valid; otherwise returns 0.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned char BMP_IsValid(void *file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((struct BMPHeader *) file)->type == BMP_TYPE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Returns the size of a BMP image given at least its header (the file does
|
||||
/// not have to be complete).
|
||||
/// \param file Pointer to the buffer which holds the BMP file.
|
||||
/// \return size of BMP image
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned int BMP_GetFileSize(void *file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((struct BMPHeader *) file)->fileSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Write a BMP header
|
||||
/// \param pAddressHeader Begin address of the BMP
|
||||
/// \param bmpHSize BMP heigth size
|
||||
/// \param bmpVSize BMP width size
|
||||
/// \param bmpRgb Type of BMP (YUV or RGB)
|
||||
/// \param nbByte_Pixels Number of byte per pixels
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void WriteBMPheader(unsigned int* pAddressHeader,
|
||||
unsigned int bmpHSize,
|
||||
unsigned int bmpVSize,
|
||||
unsigned char bmpRgb,
|
||||
unsigned char nbByte_Pixels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
unsigned int* fill;
|
||||
struct BMPHeader *Header;
|
||||
|
||||
fill = pAddressHeader;
|
||||
for (i=0; i<IMAGE_OFFSET; i+=4) {
|
||||
*fill++ = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Header = (struct BMPHeader*) pAddressHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
Header->type = BMP_TYPE;
|
||||
Header->fileSize = (bmpHSize * bmpVSize * nbByte_Pixels) + IMAGE_OFFSET;
|
||||
Header->reserved1 = 0;
|
||||
Header->reserved2 = 0;
|
||||
Header->offset = IMAGE_OFFSET;
|
||||
Header->headerSize = BITMAPINFOHEADER;
|
||||
Header->width = bmpHSize;
|
||||
Header->height = bmpVSize;
|
||||
Header->planes = 1;
|
||||
Header->bits = nbByte_Pixels * 8;
|
||||
Header->compression = 0;
|
||||
Header->imageSize = bmpHSize * bmpVSize * nbByte_Pixels;
|
||||
Header->xresolution = 0;
|
||||
Header->yresolution = 0;
|
||||
Header->ncolours = 0;
|
||||
Header->importantcolours = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// debug function, dislay BMP header
|
||||
/// \param pAddressHeader Address of the BMP
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void BMP_displayHeader(unsigned int* pAddressHeader)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct BMPHeader *header;
|
||||
|
||||
header = (struct BMPHeader*) pAddressHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("BMP\n\r");
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("type 0x%X \n\r", header->type);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("fileSize %d \n\r", header->fileSize);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("reserved1 %d \n\r", header->reserved1);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("reserved2 %d \n\r", header->reserved2);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("offset %d \n\r", header->offset);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("headerSize %d \n\r", header->headerSize);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("width %d \n\r", header->width);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("height %d \n\r", header->height);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("planes %d \n\r", header->planes);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("bits %d \n\r", header->bits);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("compression %d \n\r", header->compression);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("imageSize %d \n\r", header->imageSize);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("xresolution %d \n\r", header->xresolution);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("yresolution %d \n\r", header->yresolution);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("ncolours %d \n\r", header->ncolours);
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("importantcolours %d\n\r", header->importantcolours);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Loads a BMP image located at the given address, decodes it and stores the
|
||||
/// resulting image inside the provided buffer. Image must have the specified
|
||||
/// width & height.
|
||||
/// If no buffer is provided, this function simply checks if it is able to
|
||||
/// decode the image.
|
||||
/// \param file Buffer which holds the BMP file.
|
||||
/// \param buffer Buffer in which to store the decoded image.
|
||||
/// \param width Buffer width in pixels.
|
||||
/// \param height Buffer height in pixels.
|
||||
/// \param bpp Number of bits per pixels that the buffer stores.
|
||||
/// \return 0 if the image has been loaded; otherwise returns an error code.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned char BMP_Decode(
|
||||
void *file,
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
unsigned int width,
|
||||
unsigned int height,
|
||||
unsigned char bpp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct BMPHeader *header;
|
||||
unsigned int i, j;
|
||||
unsigned char r, g, b;
|
||||
unsigned char *image;
|
||||
|
||||
// Read header information
|
||||
header = (struct BMPHeader *) file;
|
||||
|
||||
// Verify that the file is valid
|
||||
if (!BMP_IsValid(file)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("BMP_Decode: File type is not 'BM' (0x%04X).\n\r",header->type);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check that parameters match
|
||||
if ((header->compression != 0)
|
||||
|| (header->width != width)
|
||||
|| (header->height != height)) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("BMP_Decode: File format not supported\n\r");
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR(" -> .compression = %u\n\r", header->compression);
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR(" -> .width = %u\n\r", header->width);
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR(" -> .height = %u\n\r", header->height);
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR(" -> .bits = %d\n\r", header->bits);
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get image data
|
||||
image = (unsigned char *) ((unsigned int) file + header->offset);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check that the bpp resolution is supported
|
||||
// Only a 24-bit output & 24- or 8-bit input are supported
|
||||
if (bpp != 24) {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("BMP_Decode: Output resolution not supported\n\r");
|
||||
return 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (header->bits == 24) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Decoding is ok
|
||||
if (!buffer) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get image data (swapping red & blue)
|
||||
for (i=0; i < height; i++) {
|
||||
for (j=0; j < width; j++) {
|
||||
|
||||
r = image[((height - i - 1) * width + j) * 3 + 2];
|
||||
g = image[((height - i - 1) * width + j) * 3 + 1];
|
||||
b = image[((height - i - 1) * width + j) * 3];
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(BOARD_LCD_RGB565)
|
||||
// Interlacing
|
||||
r = ((r << 1) & 0xF0) | ((g & 0x80) >> 4) | ((r & 0x80) >> 5);
|
||||
g = (g << 1) & 0xF8;
|
||||
b = b & 0xF8;
|
||||
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3] = b;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 1] = g;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 2] = r;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3] = r;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 1] = g;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 2] = b;
|
||||
#endif //#if defined(BOARD_LCD_RGB565)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (header->bits == 8) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Decoding is ok
|
||||
if (!buffer) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Retrieve palette
|
||||
struct BMPPaletteEntry palette[256];
|
||||
memcpy(palette,
|
||||
(unsigned char *) ((unsigned int) file + sizeof(struct BMPHeader)),
|
||||
header->offset - sizeof(struct BMPHeader));
|
||||
|
||||
// Decode image (reversing row order)
|
||||
for (i=0; i < height; i++) {
|
||||
for (j=0; j < width; j++) {
|
||||
|
||||
r = palette[image[(height - i - 1) * width + j]].r;
|
||||
g = palette[image[(height - i - 1) * width + j]].g;
|
||||
b = palette[image[(height - i - 1) * width + j]].b;
|
||||
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3] = r;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 1] = g;
|
||||
buffer[(i * width + j) * 3 + 2] = b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_ERROR("BMP_Decode: Input resolution not supported\n\r");
|
||||
TRACE_INFO("header->bits 0x%X \n\r", header->bits);
|
||||
return 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Convert RGB 565 to RGB 555 (RGB 555 is adapted to LCD)
|
||||
/// \param fileSource Buffer which holds the RGB file
|
||||
/// \param fileDestination Buffer in which to store the decoded image
|
||||
/// \param width Buffer width in pixels.
|
||||
/// \param height Buffer height in pixels.
|
||||
/// \param bpp Number of bits per pixels that the buffer stores.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void RGB565toBGR555(
|
||||
unsigned char *fileSource,
|
||||
unsigned char *fileDestination,
|
||||
unsigned int width,
|
||||
unsigned int height,
|
||||
unsigned char bpp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
unsigned int j;
|
||||
unsigned int row;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i < height*(bpp/8); i++) {
|
||||
row = (i*width*(bpp/8));
|
||||
for (j=0; j <= width*(bpp/8); j+=2) {
|
||||
fileDestination[row+j] = ((fileSource[row+j+1]>>3)&0x1F)
|
||||
| (fileSource[row+j]&0xE0);
|
||||
fileDestination[row+j+1] = (fileSource[row+j+1]&0x03)
|
||||
| ((fileSource[row+j]&0x1F)<<2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !!!Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Utility for BMP
|
||||
///
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BMP_H
|
||||
#define BMP_H
|
||||
|
||||
/// BMP magic number ('BM').
|
||||
#define BMP_TYPE 0x4D42
|
||||
|
||||
/// headerSize must be set to 40
|
||||
#define BITMAPINFOHEADER 40
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __ICCARM__ // IAR
|
||||
#pragma pack(1) // IAR
|
||||
#define __attribute__(...) // IAR
|
||||
#endif // IAR
|
||||
|
||||
// BMP (Windows) Header Format
|
||||
struct BMPHeader {
|
||||
/// signature, must be 4D42 hex
|
||||
unsigned short type;
|
||||
/// size of BMP file in bytes (unreliable)
|
||||
unsigned int fileSize;
|
||||
/// reserved, must be zero
|
||||
unsigned short reserved1;
|
||||
/// reserved, must be zero
|
||||
unsigned short reserved2;
|
||||
/// offset to start of image data in bytes
|
||||
unsigned int offset;
|
||||
/// size of BITMAPINFOHEADER structure, must be 40
|
||||
unsigned int headerSize;
|
||||
/// image width in pixels
|
||||
unsigned int width;
|
||||
/// image height in pixels
|
||||
unsigned int height;
|
||||
/// number of planes in the image, must be 1
|
||||
unsigned short planes;
|
||||
/// number of bits per pixel (1, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32)
|
||||
unsigned short bits;
|
||||
/// compression type (0=none, 1=RLE-8, 2=RLE-4)
|
||||
unsigned int compression;
|
||||
/// size of image data in bytes (including padding)
|
||||
unsigned int imageSize;
|
||||
/// horizontal resolution in pixels per meter (unreliable)
|
||||
unsigned int xresolution;
|
||||
/// vertical resolution in pixels per meter (unreliable)
|
||||
unsigned int yresolution;
|
||||
/// number of colors in image, or zero
|
||||
unsigned int ncolours;
|
||||
/// number of important colors, or zero
|
||||
unsigned int importantcolours;
|
||||
|
||||
} __attribute__ ((packed)); // GCC
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __ICCARM__ // IAR
|
||||
#pragma pack() // IAR
|
||||
#endif // IAR
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char BMP_IsValid(void *file);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned int BMP_GetFileSize(void *file);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned char BMP_Decode(
|
||||
void *file,
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
unsigned int width,
|
||||
unsigned int height,
|
||||
unsigned char bpp);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void WriteBMPheader(unsigned int* pAddressHeader,
|
||||
unsigned int bmpHSize,
|
||||
unsigned int bmpVSize,
|
||||
unsigned char bmpRgb,
|
||||
unsigned char nbByte_Pixels);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void BMP_displayHeader(unsigned int* pAddressHeader);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void RGB565toBGR555(
|
||||
unsigned char *fileSource,
|
||||
unsigned char *fileDestination,
|
||||
unsigned int width,
|
||||
unsigned int height,
|
||||
unsigned char bpp);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef BMP_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Headers
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "clock.h"
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal types
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
int currentConfig = 0; // 0 have to be the default configuration
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Describes a possible clock configuration (processor clock & master clock),
|
||||
/// including the necessary register values.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
struct ClockConfiguration {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Processor clock frequency (in MHz).
|
||||
unsigned short pck;
|
||||
/// Master clock frequency (in MHz).
|
||||
unsigned short mck;
|
||||
/// CKGR_PLL reqister value.
|
||||
unsigned int pllr;
|
||||
/// PMC_MCKR register value.
|
||||
unsigned int mckr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal variables
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configurations for the AT91SAM9263-EK
|
||||
#if defined(at91sam9263)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_PLLR AT91C_CKGR_PLLAR
|
||||
#define AT91C_PMC_LOCK AT91C_PMC_LOCKA
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
// PCK = 200 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{200, 100, 0x206DBF09, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 240 MHz, MCK = 120 MHz
|
||||
{240, 120, 0x202BC003, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 120 MHz, MCK = 120 MHz
|
||||
{120, 120, 0x20156003, 0x00000002},
|
||||
// PCK = 96 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{96, 48, 0x2057400F, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x2057400F, 0x00000006}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configurations for the AT91SAM9G20-EK
|
||||
#elif defined(at91sam9g20)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_PLLR AT91C_CKGR_PLLAR
|
||||
#define AT91C_PMC_LOCK AT91C_PMC_LOCKA
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PCK = 400 MHz, MCK = 133 MHz
|
||||
{400, 133, 0x202A0101, 0x00001302},
|
||||
// PCK = 200 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{200, 100, 0x202A3F01, 0x0000010A},
|
||||
// PCK = 96 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{96, 48, 0x207C3F03, 0x0000010E},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x207C3F03, 0x00000012}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configurations for the AT91SAM9XE-EK, AT91SAM9261-EK
|
||||
#elif defined(at91sam9xe128) || \
|
||||
defined(at91sam9xe256) || \
|
||||
defined(at91sam9xe512) || \
|
||||
defined(at91sam9261)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_PLLR AT91C_CKGR_PLLAR
|
||||
#define AT91C_PMC_LOCK AT91C_PMC_LOCKA
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PCK = 200 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{200, 100, 0x208CBF0D, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 100 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{100, 100, 0x20273F07, 0x00000002},
|
||||
// PCK = 96 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{96, 48, 0x20483F0E, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x20483F0E, 0x00000006}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configurations for the AT91SAM9RL64-EK, AT91CAP9-DK, AT91CAP9-STK
|
||||
#elif defined(at91sam9rl64) || \
|
||||
defined(at91cap9)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AT91C_CKGR_PLLR AT91C_CKGR_PLLAR
|
||||
#define AT91C_PMC_LOCK AT91C_PMC_LOCKA
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PCK = 200 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{200, 100, 0x2031BF03, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 100 MHz, MCK = 100 MHz
|
||||
{100, 100, 0x20183F03, 0x00000002},
|
||||
// PCK = 96 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{96, 48, 0x20073F01, 0x00000102},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x20073F01, 0x00000006}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configuration for the AT91SAM7X-EK, AT91SAM7S-EK, AT91SAM7SE-EK
|
||||
#elif defined(at91sam7x128) || defined(at91sam7x256) || defined(at91sam7x512) \
|
||||
|| defined(at91sam7xc128) || defined(at91sam7xc256) || defined(at91sam7xc512) \
|
||||
|| defined(at91sam7s16) || defined(at91sam7s161) || defined(at91sam7s32) \
|
||||
|| defined(at91sam7s321) || defined(at91sam7s64) || defined(at91sam7s128) \
|
||||
|| defined(at91sam7s256) || defined(at91sam7s512) || defined(at91sam7se32) \
|
||||
|| defined(at91sam7se256) || defined(at91sam7se512)
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PCK = 55 MHz, MCK = 55 MHz
|
||||
{55, 55, 0x006A3F12, 0x00000007},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x00483F0E, 0x00000007},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Clock configuration for the AT91SAM7A3
|
||||
#elif defined(at91sam7a3)
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct ClockConfiguration clockConfigurations[] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PCK = 60 MHz, MCK = 60 MHz
|
||||
{60, 60, 0x000C3F02, 0x00000007},
|
||||
// PCK = 48 MHz, MCK = 48 MHz
|
||||
{48, 48, 0x00483F0E, 0x00000007}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// No clock configuration
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error No clock configuration for this board.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of available clock configurations
|
||||
#define NB_CLOCK_CONFIGURATION (sizeof(clockConfigurations)/sizeof(clockConfigurations[0]))
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Sets the specified clock configuration.
|
||||
/// \param configuration Index of the configuration to set.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void CLOCK_SetConfig(unsigned char configuration)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Setting clock configuration #%d ... ", configuration);
|
||||
currentConfig = configuration;
|
||||
|
||||
// Switch to main oscillator in two operations
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = (PMC->PMC_MCKR & ~AT91C_PMC_CSS) | AT91C_PMC_CSS_MAIN_CLK;
|
||||
while ((PMC->PMC_SR & AT91C_PMC_MCKRDY) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure PLL
|
||||
*AT91C_CKGR_PLLAR = clockConfigurations[configuration].pllr;
|
||||
while ((PMC->PMC_SR & AT91C_PMC_LOCKA) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure master clock in two operations
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = (clockConfigurations[configuration].mckr & ~AT91C_PMC_CSS) | AT91C_PMC_CSS_MAIN_CLK;
|
||||
while ((PMC->PMC_SR & AT91C_PMC_MCKRDY) == 0);
|
||||
PMC->PMC_MCKR = clockConfigurations[configuration].mckr;
|
||||
while ((PMC->PMC_SR & AT91C_PMC_MCKRDY) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// DBGU reconfiguration
|
||||
DBGU_Configure(DBGU_STANDARD, 115200, clockConfigurations[configuration].mck*1000000);
|
||||
printf("done.\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Display the user menu on the DBGU.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void CLOCK_DisplayMenu(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\n\rMenu Clock configuration:\n\r");
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < NB_CLOCK_CONFIGURATION; i++) {
|
||||
|
||||
printf(" %d: Set PCK = %3d MHz, MCK = %3d MHz %s\n\r",
|
||||
i,
|
||||
clockConfigurations[i].pck,
|
||||
clockConfigurations[i].mck,
|
||||
(currentConfig==i)?"(curr)":"");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Get the current MCK
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned short CLOCK_GetCurrMCK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return clockConfigurations[currentConfig].mck;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Get the current PCK
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
unsigned short CLOCK_GetCurrPCK(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return clockConfigurations[currentConfig].pck;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Change clock configuration.
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void CLOCK_UserChangeConfig(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char key = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLOCK_DisplayMenu();
|
||||
key = DBGU_GetChar();
|
||||
|
||||
if ((key >= '0') && (key <= ('0' + NB_CLOCK_CONFIGURATION - 1)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLOCK_SetConfig(key - '0');
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CLOCK_H
|
||||
#define CLOCK_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Global Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern void CLOCK_SetConfig(unsigned char configuration);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void CLOCK_DisplayMenu(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void CLOCK_UserChangeConfig(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned short CLOCK_GetCurrMCK(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned short CLOCK_GetCurrPCK(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //#ifndef FREQCONF_H
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Function: Firmware encryption using hardware acceleration
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Includes
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "aes_hardware.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USE_ENCRYPTION) && defined(ENCRYPTION_AES_HARD)
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <board.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/trace.h>
|
||||
#include <utility/assert.h>
|
||||
#include <pmc/pmc.h>
|
||||
#include <aes/aes_p.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Inline functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Converts an ASCII value to an hexadecimal one
|
||||
/// \param ASCII string
|
||||
/// \param Buffer to store integer value
|
||||
/// \param Length of string
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static inline void ASCII2Hex(const unsigned char * ascii,
|
||||
unsigned char * binary,
|
||||
unsigned int length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i < length; i++) {
|
||||
if (ascii[i*2] >= 'A') {
|
||||
binary[i] = ascii[i*2] - 'A' + 10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
binary[i] = ascii[i*2] - '0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
binary[i] <<= 4;
|
||||
if (ascii[i*2+1] >= 'A') {
|
||||
binary[i] += ascii[i*2+1] - 'A' + 10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
binary[i] += ascii[i*2+1] - '0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Initializes the AES peripheral
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifdef ONLY_ONE_ENCRYPTION
|
||||
void aes_hard_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char key[16];
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_CTR) || defined(ENCRYPTION_CBC)
|
||||
unsigned char IV[16];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("AES/HARD: Initializing ...\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate peripheral clock
|
||||
#ifdef AT91C_ID_AES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_AESTDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AESTDES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_TDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_TDES );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AES undefined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Load mode
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_ECB)
|
||||
//AES_Configure(AT91C_AES_CIPHER, AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC, AT91C_AES_OPMOD_ECB);
|
||||
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_ECB;
|
||||
#elif defined(ENCRYPTION_CBC)
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_CBC;
|
||||
#elif defined(ENCRYPTION_CTR)
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_CTR;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load key
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_KEY, key, ENCRYPTION_KEY_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetKey((unsigned int*)key);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load IV
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_CTR) || defined(ENCRYPTION_CBC)
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_IV, IV, ENCRYPTION_BLOCK_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetVector((unsigned int*)IV);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("AES/HARD: Initialization done.\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Initializes the AES peripheral for CBC mode
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifndef ONLY_ONE_ENCRYPTION
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_CBC)
|
||||
void aes_hard_init_CBC(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char key[16];
|
||||
unsigned char IV[16];
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("aes_hard_init_CBC\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate peripheral clock
|
||||
#ifdef AT91C_ID_AES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_AESTDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AESTDES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_TDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_TDES );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AES undefined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Load mode
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_CBC;
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load key
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_KEY, key, ENCRYPTION_KEY_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetKey((unsigned int*)key);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load IV
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_IV, IV, ENCRYPTION_BLOCK_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetVector((unsigned int*)IV);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Initializes the AES peripheral for CTR mode
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_CTR)
|
||||
void aes_hard_init_CTR(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char key[16];
|
||||
unsigned char IV[16];
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("aes_hard_init_CTR\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate peripheral clock
|
||||
#ifdef AT91C_ID_AES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_AESTDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AESTDES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_TDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_TDES );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AES undefined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Load mode
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_CTR;
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load key
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_KEY, key, ENCRYPTION_KEY_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetKey((unsigned int*)key);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load IV
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_IV, IV, ENCRYPTION_BLOCK_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetVector((unsigned int*)IV);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Initializes the AES peripheral for ECB mode
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(ENCRYPTION_ECB)
|
||||
void aes_hard_init_ECB(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char key[16];
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("aes_hard_init_ECB\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate peripheral clock
|
||||
#ifdef AT91C_ID_AES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_AESTDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AESTDES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_TDES
|
||||
PMC_EnablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_TDES );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AES undefined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Load mode
|
||||
//AES_Configure(AT91C_AES_CIPHER, AT91C_AES_SMOD_MANUAL, AT91C_AES_OPMOD_ECB);
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = AT91C_AES_SMOD_PDC | AT91C_AES_OPMOD_ECB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert and load key
|
||||
ASCII2Hex((unsigned char*)ENCRYPTION_KEY, key, ENCRYPTION_KEY_LENGTH);
|
||||
|
||||
AES_SetKey((unsigned int*)key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif // ONLY_ONE_ENCRYPTION
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Cleans up the AES peripheral
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void aes_hard_cleanup(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("AES/HARD: Cleaning up ...\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_AES->AES_MR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AT91C_ID_AES
|
||||
PMC_DisablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_AESTDES
|
||||
PMC_DisablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_AESTDES );
|
||||
#elif AT91C_ID_TDES
|
||||
PMC_DisablePeripheral( AT91C_ID_TDES );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AES undefined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Close PDC
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_PTCR = AT91C_PDC_RXTDIS;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_PTCR = AT91C_PDC_TXTDIS;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset all Counter register Next buffer first
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TNPR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TNCR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RPR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RCR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TPR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TCR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RPR = 0;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RCR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("AES/HARD: Cleanup done.\n\r");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// Decrypts a variable-length cipher text
|
||||
/// \param pCipherText text to decrypt
|
||||
/// \param pPlainText to store plain text
|
||||
/// \param length of cipher text (in bytes)
|
||||
/// \return: 1 if ok, 0 if error
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
int aes_hard_decrypt(const unsigned char *pCipherText,
|
||||
unsigned char *pPlainText,
|
||||
unsigned int length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TRACE_DEBUG("aes_hard_decrypt\n\r");
|
||||
|
||||
// Check parameters
|
||||
if ((pCipherText == NULL) || (pPlainText == NULL)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set source and destination buffers in PDC
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TPR = (unsigned int) pCipherText;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RPR = (unsigned int) pPlainText;
|
||||
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_TCR = length >> 2;
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_RCR = length >> 2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Start decryption and wait
|
||||
AT91C_BASE_PDC_AES->PDC_PTCR = AT91C_PDC_RXTEN | AT91C_PDC_TXTEN;
|
||||
while (((AES_GetStatus()) & AT91C_AES_ENDRX) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // defined(USE_ENCRYPTION) && defined(ENCRYPTION_AES_HARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* ATMEL Microcontroller Software Support
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008, Atmel Corporation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the disclaimer below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Atmel's name may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||||
* this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DISCLAIMER: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
|
||||
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
|
||||
* OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
|
||||
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/// \unit
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Purpose
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Firmware encryption using AES hardware acceleration
|
||||
/// This code is based on the AES reference implementation published by Paulo
|
||||
/// Barreto and Vincent Rijmen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// !Usage
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_init: Initialize AES hardware
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_init_CBC: for the CBC mode
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_init_CTR: for the CTR mode
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_init_ECB: for the ECB mode
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_cleanup: Cleans up AES
|
||||
/// -# aes_hard_decrypt: Decrypts a variable-length cipher text
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOOTLOADER_AES_HARDWARE_H
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_AES_HARDWARE_H
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Includes
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USE_ENCRYPTION) && defined(ENCRYPTION_AES_HARD)
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Check configuration
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if (ENCRYPTION_KEY_LENGTH != 16)
|
||||
#error Hardware AES acceleration only supports 128 bits keys.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (ENCRYPTION_BLOCK_LENGTH != 16)
|
||||
#error Hardware AES acceleration only supports 128 bits blocks.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(ENCRYPTION_ECB) && \
|
||||
!defined(ENCRYPTION_CBC) && \
|
||||
!defined(ENCRYPTION_CTR)
|
||||
#error Only ECB, CBC & CTR modes are supported.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Definitions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifdef ONLY_ONE_ENCRYPTION
|
||||
#define ENCRYPTION_INIT aes_hard_init
|
||||
#define ENCRYPTION_CLEANUP aes_hard_cleanup
|
||||
#define ENCRYPTION_DECRYPT aes_hard_decrypt
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Exported functions
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
extern void aes_hard_init(void);
|
||||
#ifndef ONLY_ONE_ENCRYPTION
|
||||
extern void aes_hard_init_CBC(void);
|
||||
extern void aes_hard_init_CTR(void);
|
||||
extern void aes_hard_init_ECB(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern void aes_hard_cleanup(void);
|
||||
extern int aes_hard_decrypt(const unsigned char *, unsigned char *, unsigned int);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // defined(USE_ENCRYPTION) && defined(ENCRYPTION_AES_HARD)
|
||||
#endif // BOOTLOADER_AES_HARDWARE_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user